source: trunk/binutils/gas/config/tc-hppa.c

Last change on this file was 610, checked in by bird, 22 years ago

This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r609,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
  • Property cvs2svn:cvs-rev set to 1.1.1.2
  • Property svn:eol-style set to native
  • Property svn:executable set to *
File size: 214.4 KB
Line 
1/* tc-hppa.c -- Assemble for the PA
2 Copyright 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
3 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
6
7 GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
10 any later version.
11
12 GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GAS; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
19 Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
20 02111-1307, USA. */
21
22/* HP PA-RISC support was contributed by the Center for Software Science
23 at the University of Utah. */
24
25#include <stdio.h>
26
27#include "as.h"
28#include "safe-ctype.h"
29#include "subsegs.h"
30
31#include "bfd/libhppa.h"
32
33/* Be careful, this file includes data *declarations*. */
34#include "opcode/hppa.h"
35
36#if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (OBJ_SOM)
37error only one of OBJ_ELF and OBJ_SOM can be defined
38#endif
39
40/* If we are using ELF, then we probably can support dwarf2 debug
41 records. Furthermore, if we are supporting dwarf2 debug records,
42 then we want to use the assembler support for compact line numbers. */
43#ifdef OBJ_ELF
44#include "dwarf2dbg.h"
45
46/* A "convient" place to put object file dependencies which do
47 not need to be seen outside of tc-hppa.c. */
48
49/* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
50typedef enum elf_hppa_reloc_type reloc_type;
51
52/* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
53typedef elf_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
54#define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
55 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.hppa_arg_reloc)
56
57#if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
58/* How to generate a relocation. */
59#define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf64_hppa_gen_reloc_type
60#define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf64_hppa_reloc_final_type
61#else
62#define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf32_hppa_gen_reloc_type
63#define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf32_hppa_reloc_final_type
64#endif
65
66/* ELF objects can have versions, but apparently do not have anywhere
67 to store a copyright string. */
68#define obj_version obj_elf_version
69#define obj_copyright obj_elf_version
70
71#define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME ".PARISC.unwind"
72#endif /* OBJ_ELF */
73
74#ifdef OBJ_SOM
75/* Names of various debugging spaces/subspaces. */
76#define GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME "$GDB_DEBUG$"
77#define GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_STRINGS$"
78#define GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_SYMBOLS$"
79#define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME "$UNWIND$"
80
81/* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
82typedef int reloc_type;
83
84/* SOM objects can have both a version string and a copyright string. */
85#define obj_version obj_som_version
86#define obj_copyright obj_som_copyright
87
88/* How to generate a relocation. */
89#define hppa_gen_reloc_type hppa_som_gen_reloc_type
90
91/* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
92typedef som_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
93#define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
94 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.ap.hppa_arg_reloc)
95
96/* This apparently isn't in older versions of hpux reloc.h. */
97#ifndef R_DLT_REL
98#define R_DLT_REL 0x78
99#endif
100
101#ifndef R_N0SEL
102#define R_N0SEL 0xd8
103#endif
104
105#ifndef R_N1SEL
106#define R_N1SEL 0xd9
107#endif
108#endif /* OBJ_SOM */
109
110#if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
111#define DEFAULT_LEVEL 25
112#else
113#define DEFAULT_LEVEL 10
114#endif
115
116/* Various structures and types used internally in tc-hppa.c. */
117
118/* Unwind table and descriptor. FIXME: Sync this with GDB version. */
119
120struct unwind_desc
121 {
122 unsigned int cannot_unwind:1;
123 unsigned int millicode:1;
124 unsigned int millicode_save_rest:1;
125 unsigned int region_desc:2;
126 unsigned int save_sr:2;
127 unsigned int entry_fr:4;
128 unsigned int entry_gr:5;
129 unsigned int args_stored:1;
130 unsigned int call_fr:5;
131 unsigned int call_gr:5;
132 unsigned int save_sp:1;
133 unsigned int save_rp:1;
134 unsigned int save_rp_in_frame:1;
135 unsigned int extn_ptr_defined:1;
136 unsigned int cleanup_defined:1;
137
138 unsigned int hpe_interrupt_marker:1;
139 unsigned int hpux_interrupt_marker:1;
140 unsigned int reserved:3;
141 unsigned int frame_size:27;
142 };
143
144/* We can't rely on compilers placing bitfields in any particular
145 place, so use these macros when dumping unwind descriptors to
146 object files. */
147#define UNWIND_LOW32(U) \
148 (((U)->cannot_unwind << 31) \
149 | ((U)->millicode << 30) \
150 | ((U)->millicode_save_rest << 29) \
151 | ((U)->region_desc << 27) \
152 | ((U)->save_sr << 25) \
153 | ((U)->entry_fr << 21) \
154 | ((U)->entry_gr << 16) \
155 | ((U)->args_stored << 15) \
156 | ((U)->call_fr << 10) \
157 | ((U)->call_gr << 5) \
158 | ((U)->save_sp << 4) \
159 | ((U)->save_rp << 3) \
160 | ((U)->save_rp_in_frame << 2) \
161 | ((U)->extn_ptr_defined << 1) \
162 | ((U)->cleanup_defined << 0))
163
164#define UNWIND_HIGH32(U) \
165 (((U)->hpe_interrupt_marker << 31) \
166 | ((U)->hpux_interrupt_marker << 30) \
167 | ((U)->frame_size << 0))
168
169struct unwind_table
170 {
171 /* Starting and ending offsets of the region described by
172 descriptor. */
173 unsigned int start_offset;
174 unsigned int end_offset;
175 struct unwind_desc descriptor;
176 };
177
178/* This structure is used by the .callinfo, .enter, .leave pseudo-ops to
179 control the entry and exit code they generate. It is also used in
180 creation of the correct stack unwind descriptors.
181
182 NOTE: GAS does not support .enter and .leave for the generation of
183 prologues and epilogues. FIXME.
184
185 The fields in structure roughly correspond to the arguments available on the
186 .callinfo pseudo-op. */
187
188struct call_info
189 {
190 /* The unwind descriptor being built. */
191 struct unwind_table ci_unwind;
192
193 /* Name of this function. */
194 symbolS *start_symbol;
195
196 /* (temporary) symbol used to mark the end of this function. */
197 symbolS *end_symbol;
198
199 /* Next entry in the chain. */
200 struct call_info *ci_next;
201 };
202
203/* Operand formats for FP instructions. Note not all FP instructions
204 allow all four formats to be used (for example fmpysub only allows
205 SGL and DBL). */
206typedef enum
207 {
208 SGL, DBL, ILLEGAL_FMT, QUAD, W, UW, DW, UDW, QW, UQW
209 }
210fp_operand_format;
211
212/* This fully describes the symbol types which may be attached to
213 an EXPORT or IMPORT directive. Only SOM uses this formation
214 (ELF has no need for it). */
215typedef enum
216 {
217 SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN,
218 SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE,
219 SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE,
220 SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA,
221 SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY,
222 SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE,
223 SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL,
224 SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG,
225 SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG,
226 }
227pa_symbol_type;
228
229/* This structure contains information needed to assemble
230 individual instructions. */
231struct pa_it
232 {
233 /* Holds the opcode after parsing by pa_ip. */
234 unsigned long opcode;
235
236 /* Holds an expression associated with the current instruction. */
237 expressionS exp;
238
239 /* Does this instruction use PC-relative addressing. */
240 int pcrel;
241
242 /* Floating point formats for operand1 and operand2. */
243 fp_operand_format fpof1;
244 fp_operand_format fpof2;
245
246 /* Whether or not we saw a truncation request on an fcnv insn. */
247 int trunc;
248
249 /* Holds the field selector for this instruction
250 (for example L%, LR%, etc). */
251 long field_selector;
252
253 /* Holds any argument relocation bits associated with this
254 instruction. (instruction should be some sort of call). */
255 unsigned int arg_reloc;
256
257 /* The format specification for this instruction. */
258 int format;
259
260 /* The relocation (if any) associated with this instruction. */
261 reloc_type reloc;
262 };
263
264/* PA-89 floating point registers are arranged like this:
265
266 +--------------+--------------+
267 | 0 or 16L | 16 or 16R |
268 +--------------+--------------+
269 | 1 or 17L | 17 or 17R |
270 +--------------+--------------+
271 | | |
272
273 . . .
274 . . .
275 . . .
276
277 | | |
278 +--------------+--------------+
279 | 14 or 30L | 30 or 30R |
280 +--------------+--------------+
281 | 15 or 31L | 31 or 31R |
282 +--------------+--------------+ */
283
284/* Additional information needed to build argument relocation stubs. */
285struct call_desc
286 {
287 /* The argument relocation specification. */
288 unsigned int arg_reloc;
289
290 /* Number of arguments. */
291 unsigned int arg_count;
292 };
293
294#ifdef OBJ_SOM
295/* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
296 chain. */
297
298struct subspace_dictionary_chain
299 {
300 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code. */
301 unsigned int ssd_defined;
302
303 /* Name of this subspace. */
304 char *ssd_name;
305
306 /* GAS segment and subsegment associated with this subspace. */
307 asection *ssd_seg;
308 int ssd_subseg;
309
310 /* Next space in the subspace dictionary chain. */
311 struct subspace_dictionary_chain *ssd_next;
312 };
313
314typedef struct subspace_dictionary_chain ssd_chain_struct;
315
316/* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
317 chain. */
318
319struct space_dictionary_chain
320 {
321 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code or
322 as a default space. */
323 unsigned int sd_defined;
324
325 /* Nonzero if this spaces has been defined by the user code. */
326 unsigned int sd_user_defined;
327
328 /* The space number (or index). */
329 unsigned int sd_spnum;
330
331 /* The name of this subspace. */
332 char *sd_name;
333
334 /* GAS segment to which this subspace corresponds. */
335 asection *sd_seg;
336
337 /* Current subsegment number being used. */
338 int sd_last_subseg;
339
340 /* The chain of subspaces contained within this space. */
341 ssd_chain_struct *sd_subspaces;
342
343 /* The next entry in the space dictionary chain. */
344 struct space_dictionary_chain *sd_next;
345 };
346
347typedef struct space_dictionary_chain sd_chain_struct;
348
349/* This structure defines attributes of the default subspace
350 dictionary entries. */
351
352struct default_subspace_dict
353 {
354 /* Name of the subspace. */
355 char *name;
356
357 /* FIXME. Is this still needed? */
358 char defined;
359
360 /* Nonzero if this subspace is loadable. */
361 char loadable;
362
363 /* Nonzero if this subspace contains only code. */
364 char code_only;
365
366 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace. */
367 char common;
368
369 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace which allows symbols
370 to be multiply defined. */
371 char dup_common;
372
373 /* Nonzero if this subspace should be zero filled. */
374 char zero;
375
376 /* Sort key for this subspace. */
377 unsigned char sort;
378
379 /* Access control bits for this subspace. Can represent RWX access
380 as well as privilege level changes for gateways. */
381 int access;
382
383 /* Index of containing space. */
384 int space_index;
385
386 /* Alignment (in bytes) of this subspace. */
387 int alignment;
388
389 /* Quadrant within space where this subspace should be loaded. */
390 int quadrant;
391
392 /* An index into the default spaces array. */
393 int def_space_index;
394
395 /* Subsegment associated with this subspace. */
396 subsegT subsegment;
397 };
398
399/* This structure defines attributes of the default space
400 dictionary entries. */
401
402struct default_space_dict
403 {
404 /* Name of the space. */
405 char *name;
406
407 /* Space number. It is possible to identify spaces within
408 assembly code numerically! */
409 int spnum;
410
411 /* Nonzero if this space is loadable. */
412 char loadable;
413
414 /* Nonzero if this space is "defined". FIXME is still needed */
415 char defined;
416
417 /* Nonzero if this space can not be shared. */
418 char private;
419
420 /* Sort key for this space. */
421 unsigned char sort;
422
423 /* Segment associated with this space. */
424 asection *segment;
425 };
426#endif
427
428/* Structure for previous label tracking. Needed so that alignments,
429 callinfo declarations, etc can be easily attached to a particular
430 label. */
431typedef struct label_symbol_struct
432 {
433 struct symbol *lss_label;
434#ifdef OBJ_SOM
435 sd_chain_struct *lss_space;
436#endif
437#ifdef OBJ_ELF
438 segT lss_segment;
439#endif
440 struct label_symbol_struct *lss_next;
441 }
442label_symbol_struct;
443
444/* Extra information needed to perform fixups (relocations) on the PA. */
445struct hppa_fix_struct
446 {
447 /* The field selector. */
448 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt fx_r_field;
449
450 /* Type of fixup. */
451 int fx_r_type;
452
453 /* Format of fixup. */
454 int fx_r_format;
455
456 /* Argument relocation bits. */
457 unsigned int fx_arg_reloc;
458
459 /* The segment this fixup appears in. */
460 segT segment;
461 };
462
463/* Structure to hold information about predefined registers. */
464
465struct pd_reg
466 {
467 char *name;
468 int value;
469 };
470
471/* This structure defines the mapping from a FP condition string
472 to a condition number which can be recorded in an instruction. */
473struct fp_cond_map
474 {
475 char *string;
476 int cond;
477 };
478
479/* This structure defines a mapping from a field selector
480 string to a field selector type. */
481struct selector_entry
482 {
483 char *prefix;
484 int field_selector;
485 };
486
487/* Prototypes for functions local to tc-hppa.c. */
488
489#ifdef OBJ_SOM
490static void pa_check_current_space_and_subspace PARAMS ((void));
491#endif
492
493#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
494static void pa_text PARAMS ((int));
495static void pa_data PARAMS ((int));
496static void pa_comm PARAMS ((int));
497#endif
498static fp_operand_format pa_parse_fp_format PARAMS ((char **s));
499static void pa_cons PARAMS ((int));
500static void pa_float_cons PARAMS ((int));
501static void pa_fill PARAMS ((int));
502static void pa_lcomm PARAMS ((int));
503static void pa_lsym PARAMS ((int));
504static void pa_stringer PARAMS ((int));
505static void pa_version PARAMS ((int));
506static int pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond PARAMS ((char **));
507static int get_expression PARAMS ((char *));
508static int pa_get_absolute_expression PARAMS ((struct pa_it *, char **));
509static int evaluate_absolute PARAMS ((struct pa_it *));
510static unsigned int pa_build_arg_reloc PARAMS ((char *));
511static unsigned int pa_align_arg_reloc PARAMS ((unsigned int, unsigned int));
512static int pa_parse_nullif PARAMS ((char **));
513static int pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
514static int pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
515static int pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
516static int pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
517static int pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
518static int pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
519static int pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
520static void pa_block PARAMS ((int));
521static void pa_brtab PARAMS ((int));
522static void pa_try PARAMS ((int));
523static void pa_call PARAMS ((int));
524static void pa_call_args PARAMS ((struct call_desc *));
525static void pa_callinfo PARAMS ((int));
526static void pa_copyright PARAMS ((int));
527static void pa_end PARAMS ((int));
528static void pa_enter PARAMS ((int));
529static void pa_entry PARAMS ((int));
530static void pa_equ PARAMS ((int));
531static void pa_exit PARAMS ((int));
532static void pa_export PARAMS ((int));
533static void pa_type_args PARAMS ((symbolS *, int));
534static void pa_import PARAMS ((int));
535static void pa_label PARAMS ((int));
536static void pa_leave PARAMS ((int));
537static void pa_level PARAMS ((int));
538static void pa_origin PARAMS ((int));
539static void pa_proc PARAMS ((int));
540static void pa_procend PARAMS ((int));
541static void pa_param PARAMS ((int));
542static void pa_undefine_label PARAMS ((void));
543static int need_pa11_opcode PARAMS ((void));
544static int pa_parse_number PARAMS ((char **, int));
545static label_symbol_struct *pa_get_label PARAMS ((void));
546#ifdef OBJ_SOM
547static int log2 PARAMS ((int));
548static void pa_compiler PARAMS ((int));
549static void pa_align PARAMS ((int));
550static void pa_space PARAMS ((int));
551static void pa_spnum PARAMS ((int));
552static void pa_subspace PARAMS ((int));
553static sd_chain_struct *create_new_space PARAMS ((char *, int, int,
554 int, int, int,
555 asection *, int));
556static ssd_chain_struct *create_new_subspace PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *,
557 char *, int, int,
558 int, int, int,
559 int, int, int, int,
560 int, asection *));
561static ssd_chain_struct *update_subspace PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *,
562 char *, int, int, int,
563 int, int, int, int,
564 int, int, int,
565 asection *));
566static sd_chain_struct *is_defined_space PARAMS ((char *));
567static ssd_chain_struct *is_defined_subspace PARAMS ((char *));
568static sd_chain_struct *pa_segment_to_space PARAMS ((asection *));
569static ssd_chain_struct *pa_subsegment_to_subspace PARAMS ((asection *,
570 subsegT));
571static sd_chain_struct *pa_find_space_by_number PARAMS ((int));
572static unsigned int pa_subspace_start PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *, int));
573static sd_chain_struct *pa_parse_space_stmt PARAMS ((char *, int));
574static int pa_next_subseg PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *));
575static void pa_spaces_begin PARAMS ((void));
576#endif
577static void pa_ip PARAMS ((char *));
578static void fix_new_hppa PARAMS ((fragS *, int, int, symbolS *,
579 offsetT, expressionS *, int,
580 bfd_reloc_code_real_type,
581 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt,
582 int, unsigned int, int));
583static int is_end_of_statement PARAMS ((void));
584static int reg_name_search PARAMS ((char *));
585static int pa_chk_field_selector PARAMS ((char **));
586static int is_same_frag PARAMS ((fragS *, fragS *));
587static void process_exit PARAMS ((void));
588static unsigned int pa_stringer_aux PARAMS ((char *));
589static fp_operand_format pa_parse_fp_cnv_format PARAMS ((char **s));
590static int pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer PARAMS ((char **));
591
592#ifdef OBJ_ELF
593static void hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function PARAMS ((void));
594static void pa_build_unwind_subspace PARAMS ((struct call_info *));
595static void pa_vtable_entry PARAMS ((int));
596static void pa_vtable_inherit PARAMS ((int));
597#endif
598
599/* File and gloally scoped variable declarations. */
600
601#ifdef OBJ_SOM
602/* Root and final entry in the space chain. */
603static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_root;
604static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_last;
605
606/* The current space and subspace. */
607static sd_chain_struct *current_space;
608static ssd_chain_struct *current_subspace;
609#endif
610
611/* Root of the call_info chain. */
612static struct call_info *call_info_root;
613
614/* The last call_info (for functions) structure
615 seen so it can be associated with fixups and
616 function labels. */
617static struct call_info *last_call_info;
618
619/* The last call description (for actual calls). */
620static struct call_desc last_call_desc;
621
622/* handle of the OPCODE hash table */
623static struct hash_control *op_hash = NULL;
624
625/* Table of pseudo ops for the PA. FIXME -- how many of these
626 are now redundant with the overall GAS and the object file
627 dependent tables? */
628const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
629{
630 /* align pseudo-ops on the PA specify the actual alignment requested,
631 not the log2 of the requested alignment. */
632#ifdef OBJ_SOM
633 {"align", pa_align, 8},
634#endif
635#ifdef OBJ_ELF
636 {"align", s_align_bytes, 8},
637#endif
638 {"begin_brtab", pa_brtab, 1},
639 {"begin_try", pa_try, 1},
640 {"block", pa_block, 1},
641 {"blockz", pa_block, 0},
642 {"byte", pa_cons, 1},
643 {"call", pa_call, 0},
644 {"callinfo", pa_callinfo, 0},
645#if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX)
646 {"code", obj_elf_text, 0},
647#else
648 {"code", pa_text, 0},
649 {"comm", pa_comm, 0},
650#endif
651#ifdef OBJ_SOM
652 {"compiler", pa_compiler, 0},
653#endif
654 {"copyright", pa_copyright, 0},
655#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
656 {"data", pa_data, 0},
657#endif
658 {"double", pa_float_cons, 'd'},
659 {"dword", pa_cons, 8},
660 {"end", pa_end, 0},
661 {"end_brtab", pa_brtab, 0},
662#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
663 {"end_try", pa_try, 0},
664#endif
665 {"enter", pa_enter, 0},
666 {"entry", pa_entry, 0},
667 {"equ", pa_equ, 0},
668 {"exit", pa_exit, 0},
669 {"export", pa_export, 0},
670#ifdef OBJ_ELF
671 {"file", (void (*) PARAMS ((int))) dwarf2_directive_file, 0 },
672#endif
673 {"fill", pa_fill, 0},
674 {"float", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
675 {"half", pa_cons, 2},
676 {"import", pa_import, 0},
677 {"int", pa_cons, 4},
678 {"label", pa_label, 0},
679 {"lcomm", pa_lcomm, 0},
680 {"leave", pa_leave, 0},
681 {"level", pa_level, 0},
682#ifdef OBJ_ELF
683 {"loc", dwarf2_directive_loc, 0 },
684#endif
685 {"long", pa_cons, 4},
686 {"lsym", pa_lsym, 0},
687#ifdef OBJ_SOM
688 {"nsubspa", pa_subspace, 1},
689#endif
690 {"octa", pa_cons, 16},
691 {"org", pa_origin, 0},
692 {"origin", pa_origin, 0},
693 {"param", pa_param, 0},
694 {"proc", pa_proc, 0},
695 {"procend", pa_procend, 0},
696 {"quad", pa_cons, 8},
697 {"reg", pa_equ, 1},
698 {"short", pa_cons, 2},
699 {"single", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
700#ifdef OBJ_SOM
701 {"space", pa_space, 0},
702 {"spnum", pa_spnum, 0},
703#endif
704 {"string", pa_stringer, 0},
705 {"stringz", pa_stringer, 1},
706#ifdef OBJ_SOM
707 {"subspa", pa_subspace, 0},
708#endif
709#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
710 {"text", pa_text, 0},
711#endif
712 {"version", pa_version, 0},
713#ifdef OBJ_ELF
714 {"vtable_entry", pa_vtable_entry, 0},
715 {"vtable_inherit", pa_vtable_inherit, 0},
716#endif
717 {"word", pa_cons, 4},
718 {NULL, 0, 0}
719};
720
721/* This array holds the chars that only start a comment at the beginning of
722 a line. If the line seems to have the form '# 123 filename'
723 .line and .file directives will appear in the pre-processed output.
724
725 Note that input_file.c hand checks for '#' at the beginning of the
726 first line of the input file. This is because the compiler outputs
727 #NO_APP at the beginning of its output.
728
729 Also note that C style comments will always work. */
730const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
731
732/* This array holds the chars that always start a comment. If the
733 pre-processor is disabled, these aren't very useful. */
734const char comment_chars[] = ";";
735
736/* This array holds the characters which act as line separators. */
737const char line_separator_chars[] = "!";
738
739/* Chars that can be used to separate mant from exp in floating point nums. */
740const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
741
742/* Chars that mean this number is a floating point constant.
743 As in 0f12.456 or 0d1.2345e12.
744
745 Be aware that MAXIMUM_NUMBER_OF_CHARS_FOR_FLOAT may have to be
746 changed in read.c. Ideally it shouldn't hae to know abou it at
747 all, but nothing is ideal around here. */
748const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP";
749
750static struct pa_it the_insn;
751
752/* Points to the end of an expression just parsed by get_expressoin
753 and friends. FIXME. This shouldn't be handled with a file-global
754 variable. */
755static char *expr_end;
756
757/* Nonzero if a .callinfo appeared within the current procedure. */
758static int callinfo_found;
759
760/* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a .entry/.exit pair. */
761static int within_entry_exit;
762
763/* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a procedure definition. */
764static int within_procedure;
765
766/* Handle on structure which keep track of the last symbol
767 seen in each subspace. */
768static label_symbol_struct *label_symbols_rootp = NULL;
769
770/* Holds the last field selector. */
771static int hppa_field_selector;
772
773/* Nonzero when strict syntax checking is enabled. Zero otherwise.
774
775 Each opcode in the table has a flag which indicates whether or not
776 strict syntax checking should be enabled for that instruction. */
777static int strict = 0;
778
779/* pa_parse_number returns values in `pa_number'. Mostly
780 pa_parse_number is used to return a register number, with floating
781 point registers being numbered from FP_REG_BASE upwards.
782 The bit specified with FP_REG_RSEL is set if the floating point
783 register has a `r' suffix. */
784#define FP_REG_BASE 64
785#define FP_REG_RSEL 128
786static int pa_number;
787
788#ifdef OBJ_SOM
789/* A dummy bfd symbol so that all relocations have symbols of some kind. */
790static symbolS *dummy_symbol;
791#endif
792
793/* Nonzero if errors are to be printed. */
794static int print_errors = 1;
795
796/* List of registers that are pre-defined:
797
798 Each general register has one predefined name of the form
799 %r<REGNUM> which has the value <REGNUM>.
800
801 Space and control registers are handled in a similar manner,
802 but use %sr<REGNUM> and %cr<REGNUM> as their predefined names.
803
804 Likewise for the floating point registers, but of the form
805 %fr<REGNUM>. Floating point registers have additional predefined
806 names with 'L' and 'R' suffixes (e.g. %fr19L, %fr19R) which
807 again have the value <REGNUM>.
808
809 Many registers also have synonyms:
810
811 %r26 - %r23 have %arg0 - %arg3 as synonyms
812 %r28 - %r29 have %ret0 - %ret1 as synonyms
813 %r30 has %sp as a synonym
814 %r27 has %dp as a synonym
815 %r2 has %rp as a synonym
816
817 Almost every control register has a synonym; they are not listed
818 here for brevity.
819
820 The table is sorted. Suitable for searching by a binary search. */
821
822static const struct pd_reg pre_defined_registers[] =
823{
824 {"%arg0", 26},
825 {"%arg1", 25},
826 {"%arg2", 24},
827 {"%arg3", 23},
828 {"%cr0", 0},
829 {"%cr10", 10},
830 {"%cr11", 11},
831 {"%cr12", 12},
832 {"%cr13", 13},
833 {"%cr14", 14},
834 {"%cr15", 15},
835 {"%cr16", 16},
836 {"%cr17", 17},
837 {"%cr18", 18},
838 {"%cr19", 19},
839 {"%cr20", 20},
840 {"%cr21", 21},
841 {"%cr22", 22},
842 {"%cr23", 23},
843 {"%cr24", 24},
844 {"%cr25", 25},
845 {"%cr26", 26},
846 {"%cr27", 27},
847 {"%cr28", 28},
848 {"%cr29", 29},
849 {"%cr30", 30},
850 {"%cr31", 31},
851 {"%cr8", 8},
852 {"%cr9", 9},
853 {"%dp", 27},
854 {"%eiem", 15},
855 {"%eirr", 23},
856 {"%fr0", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
857 {"%fr0l", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
858 {"%fr0r", 0 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
859 {"%fr1", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
860 {"%fr10", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
861 {"%fr10l", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
862 {"%fr10r", 10 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
863 {"%fr11", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
864 {"%fr11l", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
865 {"%fr11r", 11 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
866 {"%fr12", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
867 {"%fr12l", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
868 {"%fr12r", 12 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
869 {"%fr13", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
870 {"%fr13l", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
871 {"%fr13r", 13 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
872 {"%fr14", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
873 {"%fr14l", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
874 {"%fr14r", 14 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
875 {"%fr15", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
876 {"%fr15l", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
877 {"%fr15r", 15 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
878 {"%fr16", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
879 {"%fr16l", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
880 {"%fr16r", 16 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
881 {"%fr17", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
882 {"%fr17l", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
883 {"%fr17r", 17 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
884 {"%fr18", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
885 {"%fr18l", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
886 {"%fr18r", 18 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
887 {"%fr19", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
888 {"%fr19l", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
889 {"%fr19r", 19 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
890 {"%fr1l", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
891 {"%fr1r", 1 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
892 {"%fr2", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
893 {"%fr20", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
894 {"%fr20l", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
895 {"%fr20r", 20 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
896 {"%fr21", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
897 {"%fr21l", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
898 {"%fr21r", 21 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
899 {"%fr22", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
900 {"%fr22l", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
901 {"%fr22r", 22 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
902 {"%fr23", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
903 {"%fr23l", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
904 {"%fr23r", 23 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
905 {"%fr24", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
906 {"%fr24l", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
907 {"%fr24r", 24 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
908 {"%fr25", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
909 {"%fr25l", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
910 {"%fr25r", 25 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
911 {"%fr26", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
912 {"%fr26l", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
913 {"%fr26r", 26 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
914 {"%fr27", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
915 {"%fr27l", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
916 {"%fr27r", 27 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
917 {"%fr28", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
918 {"%fr28l", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
919 {"%fr28r", 28 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
920 {"%fr29", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
921 {"%fr29l", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
922 {"%fr29r", 29 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
923 {"%fr2l", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
924 {"%fr2r", 2 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
925 {"%fr3", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
926 {"%fr30", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
927 {"%fr30l", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
928 {"%fr30r", 30 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
929 {"%fr31", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
930 {"%fr31l", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
931 {"%fr31r", 31 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
932 {"%fr3l", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
933 {"%fr3r", 3 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
934 {"%fr4", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
935 {"%fr4l", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
936 {"%fr4r", 4 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
937 {"%fr5", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
938 {"%fr5l", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
939 {"%fr5r", 5 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
940 {"%fr6", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
941 {"%fr6l", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
942 {"%fr6r", 6 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
943 {"%fr7", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
944 {"%fr7l", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
945 {"%fr7r", 7 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
946 {"%fr8", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
947 {"%fr8l", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
948 {"%fr8r", 8 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
949 {"%fr9", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
950 {"%fr9l", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
951 {"%fr9r", 9 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
952 {"%hta", 25},
953 {"%iir", 19},
954 {"%ior", 21},
955 {"%ipsw", 22},
956 {"%isr", 20},
957 {"%itmr", 16},
958 {"%iva", 14},
959#if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
960 {"%mrp", 2},
961#else
962 {"%mrp", 31},
963#endif
964 {"%pcoq", 18},
965 {"%pcsq", 17},
966 {"%pidr1", 8},
967 {"%pidr2", 9},
968 {"%pidr3", 12},
969 {"%pidr4", 13},
970 {"%ppda", 24},
971 {"%r0", 0},
972 {"%r1", 1},
973 {"%r10", 10},
974 {"%r11", 11},
975 {"%r12", 12},
976 {"%r13", 13},
977 {"%r14", 14},
978 {"%r15", 15},
979 {"%r16", 16},
980 {"%r17", 17},
981 {"%r18", 18},
982 {"%r19", 19},
983 {"%r2", 2},
984 {"%r20", 20},
985 {"%r21", 21},
986 {"%r22", 22},
987 {"%r23", 23},
988 {"%r24", 24},
989 {"%r25", 25},
990 {"%r26", 26},
991 {"%r27", 27},
992 {"%r28", 28},
993 {"%r29", 29},
994 {"%r3", 3},
995 {"%r30", 30},
996 {"%r31", 31},
997 {"%r4", 4},
998 {"%r5", 5},
999 {"%r6", 6},
1000 {"%r7", 7},
1001 {"%r8", 8},
1002 {"%r9", 9},
1003 {"%rctr", 0},
1004 {"%ret0", 28},
1005 {"%ret1", 29},
1006 {"%rp", 2},
1007 {"%sar", 11},
1008 {"%sp", 30},
1009 {"%sr0", 0},
1010 {"%sr1", 1},
1011 {"%sr2", 2},
1012 {"%sr3", 3},
1013 {"%sr4", 4},
1014 {"%sr5", 5},
1015 {"%sr6", 6},
1016 {"%sr7", 7},
1017 {"%tr0", 24},
1018 {"%tr1", 25},
1019 {"%tr2", 26},
1020 {"%tr3", 27},
1021 {"%tr4", 28},
1022 {"%tr5", 29},
1023 {"%tr6", 30},
1024 {"%tr7", 31}
1025};
1026
1027/* This table is sorted by order of the length of the string. This is
1028 so we check for <> before we check for <. If we had a <> and checked
1029 for < first, we would get a false match. */
1030static const struct fp_cond_map fp_cond_map[] =
1031{
1032 {"false?", 0},
1033 {"false", 1},
1034 {"true?", 30},
1035 {"true", 31},
1036 {"!<=>", 3},
1037 {"!?>=", 8},
1038 {"!?<=", 16},
1039 {"!<>", 7},
1040 {"!>=", 11},
1041 {"!?>", 12},
1042 {"?<=", 14},
1043 {"!<=", 19},
1044 {"!?<", 20},
1045 {"?>=", 22},
1046 {"!?=", 24},
1047 {"!=t", 27},
1048 {"<=>", 29},
1049 {"=t", 5},
1050 {"?=", 6},
1051 {"?<", 10},
1052 {"<=", 13},
1053 {"!>", 15},
1054 {"?>", 18},
1055 {">=", 21},
1056 {"!<", 23},
1057 {"<>", 25},
1058 {"!=", 26},
1059 {"!?", 28},
1060 {"?", 2},
1061 {"=", 4},
1062 {"<", 9},
1063 {">", 17}
1064};
1065
1066static const struct selector_entry selector_table[] =
1067{
1068 {"f", e_fsel},
1069 {"l", e_lsel},
1070 {"ld", e_ldsel},
1071 {"lp", e_lpsel},
1072 {"lr", e_lrsel},
1073 {"ls", e_lssel},
1074 {"lt", e_ltsel},
1075 {"ltp", e_ltpsel},
1076 {"n", e_nsel},
1077 {"nl", e_nlsel},
1078 {"nlr", e_nlrsel},
1079 {"p", e_psel},
1080 {"r", e_rsel},
1081 {"rd", e_rdsel},
1082 {"rp", e_rpsel},
1083 {"rr", e_rrsel},
1084 {"rs", e_rssel},
1085 {"rt", e_rtsel},
1086 {"rtp", e_rtpsel},
1087 {"t", e_tsel},
1088};
1089
1090#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1091/* default space and subspace dictionaries */
1092
1093#define GDB_SYMBOLS GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME
1094#define GDB_STRINGS GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME
1095
1096/* pre-defined subsegments (subspaces) for the HPPA. */
1097#define SUBSEG_CODE 0
1098#define SUBSEG_LIT 1
1099#define SUBSEG_MILLI 2
1100#define SUBSEG_DATA 0
1101#define SUBSEG_BSS 2
1102#define SUBSEG_UNWIND 3
1103#define SUBSEG_GDB_STRINGS 0
1104#define SUBSEG_GDB_SYMBOLS 1
1105
1106static struct default_subspace_dict pa_def_subspaces[] =
1107{
1108 {"$CODE$", 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_CODE},
1109 {"$DATA$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_DATA},
1110 {"$LIT$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 16, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_LIT},
1111 {"$MILLICODE$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 8, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_MILLI},
1112 {"$BSS$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 80, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_BSS},
1113 {NULL, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 255, 0x1f, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0}
1114};
1115
1116static struct default_space_dict pa_def_spaces[] =
1117{
1118 {"$TEXT$", 0, 1, 1, 0, 8, ASEC_NULL},
1119 {"$PRIVATE$", 1, 1, 1, 1, 16, ASEC_NULL},
1120 {NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ASEC_NULL}
1121};
1122
1123/* Misc local definitions used by the assembler. */
1124
1125/* These macros are used to maintain spaces/subspaces. */
1126#define SPACE_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_defined
1127#define SPACE_USER_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_user_defined
1128#define SPACE_SPNUM(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_spnum
1129#define SPACE_NAME(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_name
1130
1131#define SUBSPACE_DEFINED(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_defined
1132#define SUBSPACE_NAME(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_name
1133#endif
1134
1135/* Return nonzero if the string pointed to by S potentially represents
1136 a right or left half of a FP register */
1137#define IS_R_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'R' || *(S) == 'r')
1138#define IS_L_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'L' || *(S) == 'l')
1139
1140/* Insert FIELD into OPCODE starting at bit START. Continue pa_ip
1141 main loop after insertion. */
1142
1143#define INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE(OPCODE, FIELD, START) \
1144 { \
1145 ((OPCODE) |= (FIELD) << (START)); \
1146 continue; \
1147 }
1148
1149/* Simple range checking for FIELD againt HIGH and LOW bounds.
1150 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1151
1152#define CHECK_FIELD(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, IGNORE) \
1153 { \
1154 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1155 { \
1156 if (! IGNORE) \
1157 as_bad (_("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1158 (int) (FIELD));\
1159 break; \
1160 } \
1161 }
1162
1163/* Variant of CHECK_FIELD for use in md_apply_fix3 and other places where
1164 the current file and line number are not valid. */
1165
1166#define CHECK_FIELD_WHERE(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, FILENAME, LINE) \
1167 { \
1168 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1169 { \
1170 as_bad_where ((FILENAME), (LINE), \
1171 _("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1172 (int) (FIELD));\
1173 break; \
1174 } \
1175 }
1176
1177/* Simple alignment checking for FIELD againt ALIGN (a power of two).
1178 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1179
1180#define CHECK_ALIGN(FIELD, ALIGN, IGNORE) \
1181 { \
1182 if ((FIELD) & ((ALIGN) - 1)) \
1183 { \
1184 if (! IGNORE) \
1185 as_bad (_("Field not properly aligned [%d] (%d)."), (ALIGN), \
1186 (int) (FIELD));\
1187 break; \
1188 } \
1189 }
1190
1191#define is_DP_relative(exp) \
1192 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1193 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$global$") == 0)
1194
1195#define is_PC_relative(exp) \
1196 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1197 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0)
1198
1199/* We need some complex handling for stabs (sym1 - sym2). Luckily, we'll
1200 always be able to reduce the expression to a constant, so we don't
1201 need real complex handling yet. */
1202#define is_complex(exp) \
1203 ((exp).X_op != O_constant && (exp).X_op != O_symbol)
1204
1205/* Actual functions to implement the PA specific code for the assembler. */
1206
1207/* Called before writing the object file. Make sure entry/exit and
1208 proc/procend pairs match. */
1209
1210void
1211pa_check_eof ()
1212{
1213 if (within_entry_exit)
1214 as_fatal (_("Missing .exit\n"));
1215
1216 if (within_procedure)
1217 as_fatal (_("Missing .procend\n"));
1218}
1219
1220/* Returns a pointer to the label_symbol_struct for the current space.
1221 or NULL if no label_symbol_struct exists for the current space. */
1222
1223static label_symbol_struct *
1224pa_get_label ()
1225{
1226 label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
1227
1228 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1229 label_chain;
1230 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
1231 {
1232#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1233 if (current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label)
1234 return label_chain;
1235#endif
1236#ifdef OBJ_ELF
1237 if (now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label)
1238 return label_chain;
1239#endif
1240 }
1241
1242 return NULL;
1243}
1244
1245/* Defines a label for the current space. If one is already defined,
1246 this function will replace it with the new label. */
1247
1248void
1249pa_define_label (symbol)
1250 symbolS *symbol;
1251{
1252 label_symbol_struct *label_chain = pa_get_label ();
1253
1254 if (label_chain)
1255 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1256 else
1257 {
1258 /* Create a new label entry and add it to the head of the chain. */
1259 label_chain
1260 = (label_symbol_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (label_symbol_struct));
1261 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1262#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1263 label_chain->lss_space = current_space;
1264#endif
1265#ifdef OBJ_ELF
1266 label_chain->lss_segment = now_seg;
1267#endif
1268 label_chain->lss_next = NULL;
1269
1270 if (label_symbols_rootp)
1271 label_chain->lss_next = label_symbols_rootp;
1272
1273 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain;
1274 }
1275}
1276
1277/* Removes a label definition for the current space.
1278 If there is no label_symbol_struct entry, then no action is taken. */
1279
1280static void
1281pa_undefine_label ()
1282{
1283 label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
1284 label_symbol_struct *prev_label_chain = NULL;
1285
1286 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1287 label_chain;
1288 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
1289 {
1290 if (1
1291#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1292 && current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label
1293#endif
1294#ifdef OBJ_ELF
1295 && now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label
1296#endif
1297 )
1298 {
1299 /* Remove the label from the chain and free its memory. */
1300 if (prev_label_chain)
1301 prev_label_chain->lss_next = label_chain->lss_next;
1302 else
1303 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain->lss_next;
1304
1305 free (label_chain);
1306 break;
1307 }
1308 prev_label_chain = label_chain;
1309 }
1310}
1311
1312/* An HPPA-specific version of fix_new. This is required because the HPPA
1313 code needs to keep track of some extra stuff. Each call to fix_new_hppa
1314 results in the creation of an instance of an hppa_fix_struct. An
1315 hppa_fix_struct stores the extra information along with a pointer to the
1316 original fixS. This is attached to the original fixup via the
1317 tc_fix_data field. */
1318
1319static void
1320fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, exp, pcrel,
1321 r_type, r_field, r_format, arg_reloc, unwind_bits)
1322 fragS *frag;
1323 int where;
1324 int size;
1325 symbolS *add_symbol;
1326 offsetT offset;
1327 expressionS *exp;
1328 int pcrel;
1329 bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type;
1330 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt r_field;
1331 int r_format;
1332 unsigned int arg_reloc;
1333 int unwind_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
1334{
1335 fixS *new_fix;
1336
1337 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
1338 obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
1339
1340 if (exp != NULL)
1341 new_fix = fix_new_exp (frag, where, size, exp, pcrel, r_type);
1342 else
1343 new_fix = fix_new (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, pcrel, r_type);
1344 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
1345 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = r_type;
1346 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = r_field;
1347 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = r_format;
1348 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = arg_reloc;
1349 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
1350#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1351 if (r_type == R_ENTRY || r_type == R_EXIT)
1352 new_fix->fx_offset = unwind_bits;
1353#endif
1354
1355 /* foo-$global$ is used to access non-automatic storage. $global$
1356 is really just a marker and has served its purpose, so eliminate
1357 it now so as not to confuse write.c. Ditto for $PIC_pcrel$0. */
1358 if (new_fix->fx_subsy
1359 && (strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$global$") == 0
1360 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0))
1361 new_fix->fx_subsy = NULL;
1362}
1363
1364/* Parse a .byte, .word, .long expression for the HPPA. Called by
1365 cons via the TC_PARSE_CONS_EXPRESSION macro. */
1366
1367void
1368parse_cons_expression_hppa (exp)
1369 expressionS *exp;
1370{
1371 hppa_field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&input_line_pointer);
1372 expression (exp);
1373}
1374
1375/* This fix_new is called by cons via TC_CONS_FIX_NEW.
1376 hppa_field_selector is set by the parse_cons_expression_hppa. */
1377
1378void
1379cons_fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size, exp)
1380 fragS *frag;
1381 int where;
1382 int size;
1383 expressionS *exp;
1384{
1385 unsigned int rel_type;
1386
1387 /* Get a base relocation type. */
1388 if (is_DP_relative (*exp))
1389 rel_type = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
1390 else if (is_complex (*exp))
1391 rel_type = R_HPPA_COMPLEX;
1392 else
1393 rel_type = R_HPPA;
1394
1395 if (hppa_field_selector != e_psel && hppa_field_selector != e_fsel)
1396 {
1397 as_warn (_("Invalid field selector. Assuming F%%."));
1398 hppa_field_selector = e_fsel;
1399 }
1400
1401 fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size,
1402 (symbolS *) NULL, (offsetT) 0, exp, 0, rel_type,
1403 hppa_field_selector, size * 8, 0, 0);
1404
1405 /* Reset field selector to its default state. */
1406 hppa_field_selector = 0;
1407}
1408
1409/* This function is called once, at assembler startup time. It should
1410 set up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will need. */
1411
1412void
1413md_begin ()
1414{
1415 const char *retval = NULL;
1416 int lose = 0;
1417 unsigned int i = 0;
1418
1419 last_call_info = NULL;
1420 call_info_root = NULL;
1421
1422 /* Set the default machine type. */
1423 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, DEFAULT_LEVEL))
1424 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
1425
1426 /* Folding of text and data segments fails miserably on the PA.
1427 Warn user and disable "-R" option. */
1428 if (flag_readonly_data_in_text)
1429 {
1430 as_warn (_("-R option not supported on this target."));
1431 flag_readonly_data_in_text = 0;
1432 }
1433
1434#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1435 pa_spaces_begin ();
1436#endif
1437
1438 op_hash = hash_new ();
1439
1440 while (i < NUMOPCODES)
1441 {
1442 const char *name = pa_opcodes[i].name;
1443 retval = hash_insert (op_hash, name, (struct pa_opcode *) &pa_opcodes[i]);
1444 if (retval != NULL && *retval != '\0')
1445 {
1446 as_fatal (_("Internal error: can't hash `%s': %s\n"), name, retval);
1447 lose = 1;
1448 }
1449 do
1450 {
1451 if ((pa_opcodes[i].match & pa_opcodes[i].mask)
1452 != pa_opcodes[i].match)
1453 {
1454 fprintf (stderr, _("internal error: losing opcode: `%s' \"%s\"\n"),
1455 pa_opcodes[i].name, pa_opcodes[i].args);
1456 lose = 1;
1457 }
1458 ++i;
1459 }
1460 while (i < NUMOPCODES && !strcmp (pa_opcodes[i].name, name));
1461 }
1462
1463 if (lose)
1464 as_fatal (_("Broken assembler. No assembly attempted."));
1465
1466#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1467 /* SOM will change text_section. To make sure we never put
1468 anything into the old one switch to the new one now. */
1469 subseg_set (text_section, 0);
1470#endif
1471
1472#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1473 dummy_symbol = symbol_find_or_make ("L$dummy");
1474 S_SET_SEGMENT (dummy_symbol, text_section);
1475 /* Force the symbol to be converted to a real symbol. */
1476 (void) symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
1477#endif
1478}
1479
1480/* Assemble a single instruction storing it into a frag. */
1481void
1482md_assemble (str)
1483 char *str;
1484{
1485 char *to;
1486
1487 /* The had better be something to assemble. */
1488 assert (str);
1489
1490 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
1491 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
1492 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
1493
1494 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
1495 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
1496 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
1497 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
1498 {
1499 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
1500
1501 if (label_symbol)
1502 {
1503 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
1504 {
1505 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
1506 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
1507 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
1508#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1509 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
1510 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
1511 if (within_entry_exit)
1512 {
1513 char *where;
1514 unsigned int u;
1515
1516 where = frag_more (0);
1517 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
1518 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
1519 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
1520 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
1521 }
1522#endif
1523 }
1524 else
1525 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
1526 }
1527 else
1528 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
1529 }
1530
1531 /* Assemble the instruction. Results are saved into "the_insn". */
1532 pa_ip (str);
1533
1534 /* Get somewhere to put the assembled instrution. */
1535 to = frag_more (4);
1536
1537 /* Output the opcode. */
1538 md_number_to_chars (to, the_insn.opcode, 4);
1539
1540 /* If necessary output more stuff. */
1541 if (the_insn.reloc != R_HPPA_NONE)
1542 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, (to - frag_now->fr_literal), 4, NULL,
1543 (offsetT) 0, &the_insn.exp, the_insn.pcrel,
1544 the_insn.reloc, the_insn.field_selector,
1545 the_insn.format, the_insn.arg_reloc, 0);
1546
1547#ifdef OBJ_ELF
1548 dwarf2_emit_insn (4);
1549#endif
1550}
1551
1552/* Do the real work for assembling a single instruction. Store results
1553 into the global "the_insn" variable. */
1554
1555static void
1556pa_ip (str)
1557 char *str;
1558{
1559 char *error_message = "";
1560 char *s, c, *argstart, *name, *save_s;
1561 const char *args;
1562 int match = FALSE;
1563 int comma = 0;
1564 int cmpltr, nullif, flag, cond, num;
1565 unsigned long opcode;
1566 struct pa_opcode *insn;
1567
1568#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1569 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
1570 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
1571#endif
1572
1573 /* Convert everything up to the first whitespace character into lower
1574 case. */
1575 for (s = str; *s != ' ' && *s != '\t' && *s != '\n' && *s != '\0'; s++)
1576 *s = TOLOWER (*s);
1577
1578 /* Skip to something interesting. */
1579 for (s = str;
1580 ISUPPER (*s) || ISLOWER (*s) || (*s >= '0' && *s <= '3');
1581 ++s)
1582 ;
1583
1584 switch (*s)
1585 {
1586
1587 case '\0':
1588 break;
1589
1590 case ',':
1591 comma = 1;
1592
1593 /*FALLTHROUGH */
1594
1595 case ' ':
1596 *s++ = '\0';
1597 break;
1598
1599 default:
1600 as_fatal (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str);
1601 }
1602
1603 /* Look up the opcode in the has table. */
1604 if ((insn = (struct pa_opcode *) hash_find (op_hash, str)) == NULL)
1605 {
1606 as_bad ("Unknown opcode: `%s'", str);
1607 return;
1608 }
1609
1610 if (comma)
1611 {
1612 *--s = ',';
1613 }
1614
1615 /* Mark the location where arguments for the instruction start, then
1616 start processing them. */
1617 argstart = s;
1618 for (;;)
1619 {
1620 /* Do some initialization. */
1621 opcode = insn->match;
1622 strict = (insn->flags & FLAG_STRICT);
1623 memset (&the_insn, 0, sizeof (the_insn));
1624
1625 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_NONE;
1626
1627 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
1628 then set a new architecture. */
1629 /* But do not automatically promote to pa2.0. The automatic promotion
1630 crud is for compatability with HP's old assemblers only. */
1631 if (insn->arch < 20
1632 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch)
1633 {
1634 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, insn->arch))
1635 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
1636 }
1637 else if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch)
1638 {
1639 match = FALSE;
1640 goto failed;
1641 }
1642
1643 /* Build the opcode, checking as we go to make
1644 sure that the operands match. */
1645 for (args = insn->args;; ++args)
1646 {
1647 /* Absorb white space in instruction. */
1648 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
1649 s++;
1650
1651 switch (*args)
1652 {
1653
1654 /* End of arguments. */
1655 case '\0':
1656 if (*s == '\0')
1657 match = TRUE;
1658 break;
1659
1660 case '+':
1661 if (*s == '+')
1662 {
1663 ++s;
1664 continue;
1665 }
1666 if (*s == '-')
1667 continue;
1668 break;
1669
1670 /* These must match exactly. */
1671 case '(':
1672 case ')':
1673 case ',':
1674 case ' ':
1675 if (*s++ == *args)
1676 continue;
1677 break;
1678
1679 /* Handle a 5 bit register or control register field at 10. */
1680 case 'b':
1681 case '^':
1682 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1683 break;
1684 num = pa_number;
1685 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1686 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
1687
1688 /* Handle %sar or %cr11. No bits get set, we just verify that it
1689 is there. */
1690 case '!':
1691 /* Skip whitespace before register. */
1692 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
1693 s = s + 1;
1694
1695 if (!strncasecmp (s, "%sar", 4))
1696 {
1697 s += 4;
1698 continue;
1699 }
1700 else if (!strncasecmp (s, "%cr11", 5))
1701 {
1702 s += 5;
1703 continue;
1704 }
1705 break;
1706
1707 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 15. */
1708 case 'x':
1709 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1710 break;
1711 num = pa_number;
1712 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1713 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1714
1715 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 31. */
1716 case 't':
1717 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1718 break;
1719 num = pa_number;
1720 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1721 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1722
1723 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 10 and 15. */
1724 case 'a':
1725 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1726 break;
1727 num = pa_number;
1728 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1729 opcode |= num << 16;
1730 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
1731
1732 /* Handle a 5 bit field length at 31. */
1733 case 'T':
1734 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1735 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1736 break;
1737 s = expr_end;
1738 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32, 1, 0);
1739 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 32 - num, 0);
1740
1741 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 15. */
1742 case '5':
1743 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1744 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1745 break;
1746 s = expr_end;
1747 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
1748 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
1749 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
1750 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
1751 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1752
1753 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 31. */
1754 case 'V':
1755 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1756 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1757 break;
1758 s = expr_end;
1759 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
1760 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
1761 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
1762 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
1763 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1764
1765 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 31. */
1766 case 'r':
1767 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1768 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1769 break;
1770 s = expr_end;
1771 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
1772 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1773
1774 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 15. */
1775 case 'R':
1776 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1777 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1778 break;
1779 s = expr_end;
1780 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
1781 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1782
1783 /* Handle an unsigned 10 bit immediate at 15. */
1784 case 'U':
1785 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1786 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1787 break;
1788 s = expr_end;
1789 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
1790 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1791
1792 /* Handle a 2 bit space identifier at 17. */
1793 case 's':
1794 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1795 break;
1796 num = pa_number;
1797 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 0, 1);
1798 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 14);
1799
1800 /* Handle a 3 bit space identifier at 18. */
1801 case 'S':
1802 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1803 break;
1804 num = pa_number;
1805 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, 1);
1806 opcode |= re_assemble_3 (num);
1807 continue;
1808
1809 /* Handle all completers. */
1810 case 'c':
1811 switch (*++args)
1812 {
1813
1814 /* Handle a completer for an indexing load or store. */
1815 case 'X':
1816 case 'x':
1817 {
1818 int uu = 0;
1819 int m = 0;
1820 int i = 0;
1821 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
1822 {
1823 s++;
1824 if (strncasecmp (s, "sm", 2) == 0)
1825 {
1826 uu = 1;
1827 m = 1;
1828 s++;
1829 i++;
1830 }
1831 else if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
1832 m = 1;
1833 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "s ", 2) == 0)
1834 || (strncasecmp (s, "s,", 2) == 0))
1835 uu = 1;
1836 /* When in strict mode this is a match failure. */
1837 else if (strict)
1838 {
1839 s--;
1840 break;
1841 }
1842 else
1843 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer."));
1844 s++;
1845 i++;
1846 }
1847 if (i > 2)
1848 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer Syntax."));
1849 opcode |= m << 5;
1850 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, uu, 13);
1851 }
1852
1853 /* Handle a short load/store completer. */
1854 case 'M':
1855 case 'm':
1856 case 'q':
1857 case 'J':
1858 case 'e':
1859 {
1860 int a = 0;
1861 int m = 0;
1862 if (*s == ',')
1863 {
1864 int found = 0;
1865 s++;
1866 if (strncasecmp (s, "ma", 2) == 0)
1867 {
1868 a = 0;
1869 m = 1;
1870 found = 1;
1871 }
1872 else if (strncasecmp (s, "mb", 2) == 0)
1873 {
1874 a = 1;
1875 m = 1;
1876 found = 1;
1877 }
1878
1879 /* When in strict mode, pass through for cache op. */
1880 if (!found && strict)
1881 s--;
1882 else
1883 {
1884 if (!found)
1885 as_bad (_("Invalid Short Load/Store Completer."));
1886 s += 2;
1887 }
1888 }
1889 /* If we did not get a ma/mb completer, then we do not
1890 consider this a positive match for 'ce'. */
1891 else if (*args == 'e')
1892 break;
1893
1894 /* 'J', 'm', 'M' and 'q' are the same, except for where they
1895 encode the before/after field. */
1896 if (*args == 'm' || *args == 'M')
1897 {
1898 opcode |= m << 5;
1899 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
1900 }
1901 else if (*args == 'q')
1902 {
1903 opcode |= m << 3;
1904 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
1905 }
1906 else if (*args == 'J')
1907 {
1908 /* M bit is explicit in the major opcode. */
1909 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
1910 }
1911 else if (*args == 'e')
1912 {
1913 /* Stash the ma/mb flag temporarily in the
1914 instruction. We will use (and remove it)
1915 later when handling 'J', 'K', '<' & '>'. */
1916 opcode |= a;
1917 continue;
1918 }
1919 }
1920
1921 /* Handle a stbys completer. */
1922 case 'A':
1923 case 's':
1924 {
1925 int a = 0;
1926 int m = 0;
1927 int i = 0;
1928 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
1929 {
1930 s++;
1931 if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
1932 m = 1;
1933 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "b ", 2) == 0)
1934 || (strncasecmp (s, "b,", 2) == 0))
1935 a = 0;
1936 else if (strncasecmp (s, "e", 1) == 0)
1937 a = 1;
1938 /* When in strict mode this is a match failure. */
1939 else if (strict)
1940 {
1941 s--;
1942 break;
1943 }
1944 else
1945 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
1946 s++;
1947 i++;
1948 }
1949 if (i > 2)
1950 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
1951 opcode |= m << 5;
1952 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
1953 }
1954
1955 /* Handle load cache hint completer. */
1956 case 'c':
1957 cmpltr = 0;
1958 if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3))
1959 {
1960 s += 3;
1961 cmpltr = 2;
1962 }
1963 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1964
1965 /* Handle store cache hint completer. */
1966 case 'C':
1967 cmpltr = 0;
1968 if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3))
1969 {
1970 s += 3;
1971 cmpltr = 2;
1972 }
1973 else if (!strncmp (s, ",bc", 3))
1974 {
1975 s += 3;
1976 cmpltr = 1;
1977 }
1978 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1979
1980 /* Handle load and clear cache hint completer. */
1981 case 'd':
1982 cmpltr = 0;
1983 if (!strncmp (s, ",co", 3))
1984 {
1985 s += 3;
1986 cmpltr = 1;
1987 }
1988 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1989
1990 /* Handle load ordering completer. */
1991 case 'o':
1992 if (strncmp (s, ",o", 2) != 0)
1993 break;
1994 s += 2;
1995 continue;
1996
1997 /* Handle a branch gate completer. */
1998 case 'g':
1999 if (strncasecmp (s, ",gate", 5) != 0)
2000 break;
2001 s += 5;
2002 continue;
2003
2004 /* Handle a branch link and push completer. */
2005 case 'p':
2006 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l,push", 7) != 0)
2007 break;
2008 s += 7;
2009 continue;
2010
2011 /* Handle a branch link completer. */
2012 case 'l':
2013 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
2014 break;
2015 s += 2;
2016 continue;
2017
2018 /* Handle a branch pop completer. */
2019 case 'P':
2020 if (strncasecmp (s, ",pop", 4) != 0)
2021 break;
2022 s += 4;
2023 continue;
2024
2025 /* Handle a local processor completer. */
2026 case 'L':
2027 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
2028 break;
2029 s += 2;
2030 continue;
2031
2032 /* Handle a PROBE read/write completer. */
2033 case 'w':
2034 flag = 0;
2035 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2))
2036 {
2037 flag = 1;
2038 s += 2;
2039 }
2040 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
2041 {
2042 flag = 0;
2043 s += 2;
2044 }
2045
2046 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2047
2048 /* Handle MFCTL wide completer. */
2049 case 'W':
2050 if (strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2) != 0)
2051 break;
2052 s += 2;
2053 continue;
2054
2055 /* Handle an RFI restore completer. */
2056 case 'r':
2057 flag = 0;
2058 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
2059 {
2060 flag = 5;
2061 s += 2;
2062 }
2063
2064 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
2065
2066 /* Handle a system control completer. */
2067 case 'Z':
2068 if (*s == ',' && (*(s + 1) == 'm' || *(s + 1) == 'M'))
2069 {
2070 flag = 1;
2071 s += 2;
2072 }
2073 else
2074 flag = 0;
2075
2076 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
2077
2078 /* Handle intermediate/final completer for DCOR. */
2079 case 'i':
2080 flag = 0;
2081 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",i", 2))
2082 {
2083 flag = 1;
2084 s += 2;
2085 }
2086
2087 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2088
2089 /* Handle zero/sign extension completer. */
2090 case 'z':
2091 flag = 1;
2092 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",z", 2))
2093 {
2094 flag = 0;
2095 s += 2;
2096 }
2097
2098 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
2099
2100 /* Handle add completer. */
2101 case 'a':
2102 flag = 1;
2103 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2))
2104 {
2105 flag = 2;
2106 s += 2;
2107 }
2108 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
2109 {
2110 flag = 3;
2111 s += 4;
2112 }
2113
2114 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
2115
2116 /* Handle 64 bit carry for ADD. */
2117 case 'Y':
2118 flag = 0;
2119 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc,tsv", 7) ||
2120 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,dc", 7))
2121 {
2122 flag = 1;
2123 s += 7;
2124 }
2125 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc", 3))
2126 {
2127 flag = 0;
2128 s += 3;
2129 }
2130 else
2131 break;
2132
2133 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2134
2135 /* Handle 32 bit carry for ADD. */
2136 case 'y':
2137 flag = 0;
2138 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c,tsv", 6) ||
2139 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,c", 6))
2140 {
2141 flag = 1;
2142 s += 6;
2143 }
2144 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c", 2))
2145 {
2146 flag = 0;
2147 s += 2;
2148 }
2149 else
2150 break;
2151
2152 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2153
2154 /* Handle trap on signed overflow. */
2155 case 'v':
2156 flag = 0;
2157 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
2158 {
2159 flag = 1;
2160 s += 4;
2161 }
2162
2163 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2164
2165 /* Handle trap on condition and overflow. */
2166 case 't':
2167 flag = 0;
2168 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc,tsv", 7) ||
2169 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,tc", 7))
2170 {
2171 flag = 1;
2172 s += 7;
2173 }
2174 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
2175 {
2176 flag = 0;
2177 s += 3;
2178 }
2179 else
2180 break;
2181
2182 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2183
2184 /* Handle 64 bit borrow for SUB. */
2185 case 'B':
2186 flag = 0;
2187 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db,tsv", 7) ||
2188 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,db", 7))
2189 {
2190 flag = 1;
2191 s += 7;
2192 }
2193 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db", 3))
2194 {
2195 flag = 0;
2196 s += 3;
2197 }
2198 else
2199 break;
2200
2201 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2202
2203 /* Handle 32 bit borrow for SUB. */
2204 case 'b':
2205 flag = 0;
2206 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b,tsv", 6) ||
2207 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,b", 6))
2208 {
2209 flag = 1;
2210 s += 6;
2211 }
2212 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b", 2))
2213 {
2214 flag = 0;
2215 s += 2;
2216 }
2217 else
2218 break;
2219
2220 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2221
2222 /* Handle trap condition completer for UADDCM. */
2223 case 'T':
2224 flag = 0;
2225 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
2226 {
2227 flag = 1;
2228 s += 3;
2229 }
2230
2231 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2232
2233 /* Handle signed/unsigned at 21. */
2234 case 'S':
2235 {
2236 int sign = 1;
2237 if (strncasecmp (s, ",s", 2) == 0)
2238 {
2239 sign = 1;
2240 s += 2;
2241 }
2242 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",u", 2) == 0)
2243 {
2244 sign = 0;
2245 s += 2;
2246 }
2247
2248 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sign, 10);
2249 }
2250
2251 /* Handle left/right combination at 17:18. */
2252 case 'h':
2253 if (*s++ == ',')
2254 {
2255 int lr = 0;
2256 if (*s == 'r')
2257 lr = 2;
2258 else if (*s == 'l')
2259 lr = 0;
2260 else
2261 as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
2262
2263 s++;
2264 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, lr, 13);
2265 }
2266 else
2267 as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
2268 break;
2269
2270 /* Handle saturation at 24:25. */
2271 case 'H':
2272 {
2273 int sat = 3;
2274 if (strncasecmp (s, ",ss", 3) == 0)
2275 {
2276 sat = 1;
2277 s += 3;
2278 }
2279 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",us", 3) == 0)
2280 {
2281 sat = 0;
2282 s += 3;
2283 }
2284
2285 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sat, 6);
2286 }
2287
2288 /* Handle permutation completer. */
2289 case '*':
2290 if (*s++ == ',')
2291 {
2292 int permloc[4];
2293 int perm = 0;
2294 int i = 0;
2295 permloc[0] = 13;
2296 permloc[1] = 10;
2297 permloc[2] = 8;
2298 permloc[3] = 6;
2299 for (; i < 4; i++)
2300 {
2301 switch (*s++)
2302 {
2303 case '0':
2304 perm = 0;
2305 break;
2306 case '1':
2307 perm = 1;
2308 break;
2309 case '2':
2310 perm = 2;
2311 break;
2312 case '3':
2313 perm = 3;
2314 break;
2315 default:
2316 as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
2317 }
2318 opcode |= perm << permloc[i];
2319 }
2320 continue;
2321 }
2322 else
2323 as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
2324 break;
2325
2326 default:
2327 abort ();
2328 }
2329 break;
2330
2331 /* Handle all conditions. */
2332 case '?':
2333 {
2334 args++;
2335 switch (*args)
2336 {
2337 /* Handle FP compare conditions. */
2338 case 'f':
2339 cond = pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (&s);
2340 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cond, 0);
2341
2342 /* Handle an add condition. */
2343 case 'A':
2344 case 'a':
2345 cmpltr = 0;
2346 flag = 0;
2347 if (*s == ',')
2348 {
2349 s++;
2350
2351 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2352 if (*args == 'A')
2353 {
2354 if (*s == '*')
2355 s++;
2356 else
2357 break;
2358 }
2359 else if (*s == '*')
2360 break;
2361 name = s;
2362
2363 name = s;
2364 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2365 s += 1;
2366 c = *s;
2367 *s = 0x00;
2368 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2369 cmpltr = 1;
2370 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2371 cmpltr = 2;
2372 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2373 cmpltr = 3;
2374 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
2375 cmpltr = 4;
2376 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
2377 cmpltr = 5;
2378 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2379 cmpltr = 6;
2380 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2381 cmpltr = 7;
2382 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2383 {
2384 cmpltr = 0;
2385 flag = 1;
2386 }
2387 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2388 {
2389 cmpltr = 1;
2390 flag = 1;
2391 }
2392 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2393 {
2394 cmpltr = 2;
2395 flag = 1;
2396 }
2397 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2398 {
2399 cmpltr = 3;
2400 flag = 1;
2401 }
2402 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
2403 {
2404 cmpltr = 4;
2405 flag = 1;
2406 }
2407 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
2408 {
2409 cmpltr = 5;
2410 flag = 1;
2411 }
2412 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
2413 {
2414 cmpltr = 6;
2415 flag = 1;
2416 }
2417 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2418 {
2419 cmpltr = 7;
2420 flag = 1;
2421 }
2422 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2423 else if (*args == 'a')
2424 as_bad (_("Invalid Add Condition: %s"), name);
2425 *s = c;
2426 }
2427 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2428 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2429
2430 /* Handle non-negated add and branch condition. */
2431 case 'd':
2432 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
2433 if (cmpltr < 0)
2434 {
2435 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
2436 cmpltr = 0;
2437 }
2438 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2439
2440 /* Handle 64 bit wide-mode add and branch condition. */
2441 case 'W':
2442 cmpltr = pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (&s);
2443 if (cmpltr < 0)
2444 {
2445 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
2446 cmpltr = 0;
2447 }
2448 else
2449 {
2450 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2451 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 24;
2452 }
2453 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
2454
2455 /* Handle a negated or non-negated add and branch
2456 condition. */
2457 case '@':
2458 save_s = s;
2459 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
2460 if (cmpltr < 0)
2461 {
2462 s = save_s;
2463 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (&s);
2464 if (cmpltr < 0)
2465 {
2466 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
2467 cmpltr = 0;
2468 }
2469 else
2470 {
2471 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2472 opcode |= 1 << 27;
2473 }
2474 }
2475 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2476
2477 /* Handle branch on bit conditions. */
2478 case 'B':
2479 case 'b':
2480 cmpltr = 0;
2481 if (*s == ',')
2482 {
2483 s++;
2484
2485 if (*args == 'B')
2486 {
2487 if (*s == '*')
2488 s++;
2489 else
2490 break;
2491 }
2492 else if (*s == '*')
2493 break;
2494
2495 if (strncmp (s, "<", 1) == 0)
2496 {
2497 cmpltr = 0;
2498 s++;
2499 }
2500 else if (strncmp (s, ">=", 2) == 0)
2501 {
2502 cmpltr = 1;
2503 s += 2;
2504 }
2505 else
2506 as_bad (_("Invalid Bit Branch Condition: %c"), *s);
2507 }
2508 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 15);
2509
2510 /* Handle a compare/subtract condition. */
2511 case 'S':
2512 case 's':
2513 cmpltr = 0;
2514 flag = 0;
2515 if (*s == ',')
2516 {
2517 s++;
2518
2519 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2520 if (*args == 'S')
2521 {
2522 if (*s == '*')
2523 s++;
2524 else
2525 break;
2526 }
2527 else if (*s == '*')
2528 break;
2529 name = s;
2530
2531 name = s;
2532 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2533 s += 1;
2534 c = *s;
2535 *s = 0x00;
2536 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2537 cmpltr = 1;
2538 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2539 cmpltr = 2;
2540 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2541 cmpltr = 3;
2542 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<") == 0)
2543 cmpltr = 4;
2544 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
2545 cmpltr = 5;
2546 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2547 cmpltr = 6;
2548 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2549 cmpltr = 7;
2550 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2551 {
2552 cmpltr = 0;
2553 flag = 1;
2554 }
2555 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2556 {
2557 cmpltr = 1;
2558 flag = 1;
2559 }
2560 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2561 {
2562 cmpltr = 2;
2563 flag = 1;
2564 }
2565 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2566 {
2567 cmpltr = 3;
2568 flag = 1;
2569 }
2570 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
2571 {
2572 cmpltr = 4;
2573 flag = 1;
2574 }
2575 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>") == 0)
2576 {
2577 cmpltr = 5;
2578 flag = 1;
2579 }
2580 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
2581 {
2582 cmpltr = 6;
2583 flag = 1;
2584 }
2585 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2586 {
2587 cmpltr = 7;
2588 flag = 1;
2589 }
2590 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2591 else if (*args != 'S')
2592 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition: %s"),
2593 name);
2594 *s = c;
2595 }
2596 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2597 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2598
2599 /* Handle a non-negated compare condition. */
2600 case 't':
2601 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
2602 if (cmpltr < 0)
2603 {
2604 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
2605 cmpltr = 0;
2606 }
2607 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2608
2609 /* Handle a 32 bit compare and branch condition. */
2610 case 'n':
2611 save_s = s;
2612 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
2613 if (cmpltr < 0)
2614 {
2615 s = save_s;
2616 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
2617 if (cmpltr < 0)
2618 {
2619 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare and Branch Condition"));
2620 cmpltr = 0;
2621 }
2622 else
2623 {
2624 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2625 opcode |= 1 << 27;
2626 }
2627 }
2628
2629 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2630
2631 /* Handle a 64 bit compare and branch condition. */
2632 case 'N':
2633 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (&s);
2634 if (cmpltr >= 0)
2635 {
2636 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2637 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 26;
2638 }
2639 else
2640 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
2641 break;
2642
2643 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
2644
2645 /* Handle a 64 bit cmpib condition. */
2646 case 'Q':
2647 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (&s);
2648 if (cmpltr < 0)
2649 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
2650 break;
2651
2652 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2653
2654 /* Handle a logical instruction condition. */
2655 case 'L':
2656 case 'l':
2657 cmpltr = 0;
2658 flag = 0;
2659 if (*s == ',')
2660 {
2661 s++;
2662
2663 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2664 if (*args == 'L')
2665 {
2666 if (*s == '*')
2667 s++;
2668 else
2669 break;
2670 }
2671 else if (*s == '*')
2672 break;
2673
2674 name = s;
2675 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2676 s += 1;
2677 c = *s;
2678 *s = 0x00;
2679
2680 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2681 cmpltr = 1;
2682 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2683 cmpltr = 2;
2684 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2685 cmpltr = 3;
2686 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2687 cmpltr = 7;
2688 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2689 {
2690 cmpltr = 0;
2691 flag = 1;
2692 }
2693 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2694 {
2695 cmpltr = 1;
2696 flag = 1;
2697 }
2698 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2699 {
2700 cmpltr = 2;
2701 flag = 1;
2702 }
2703 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2704 {
2705 cmpltr = 3;
2706 flag = 1;
2707 }
2708 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2709 {
2710 cmpltr = 7;
2711 flag = 1;
2712 }
2713 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2714 else if (*args != 'L')
2715 as_bad (_("Invalid Logical Instruction Condition."));
2716 *s = c;
2717 }
2718 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2719 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2720
2721 /* Handle a shift/extract/deposit condition. */
2722 case 'X':
2723 case 'x':
2724 case 'y':
2725 cmpltr = 0;
2726 if (*s == ',')
2727 {
2728 save_s = s++;
2729
2730 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2731 if (*args == 'X')
2732 {
2733 if (*s == '*')
2734 s++;
2735 else
2736 break;
2737 }
2738 else if (*s == '*')
2739 break;
2740
2741 name = s;
2742 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2743 s += 1;
2744 c = *s;
2745 *s = 0x00;
2746 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2747 cmpltr = 1;
2748 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2749 cmpltr = 2;
2750 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2751 cmpltr = 3;
2752 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2753 cmpltr = 4;
2754 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2755 cmpltr = 5;
2756 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2757 cmpltr = 6;
2758 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2759 cmpltr = 7;
2760 /* Handle movb,n. Put things back the way they were.
2761 This includes moving s back to where it started. */
2762 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && *args == 'y')
2763 {
2764 *s = c;
2765 s = save_s;
2766 continue;
2767 }
2768 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2769 else if (*args != 'X')
2770 as_bad (_("Invalid Shift/Extract/Deposit Condition."));
2771 *s = c;
2772 }
2773 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2774
2775 /* Handle a unit instruction condition. */
2776 case 'U':
2777 case 'u':
2778 cmpltr = 0;
2779 flag = 0;
2780 if (*s == ',')
2781 {
2782 s++;
2783
2784 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2785 if (*args == 'U')
2786 {
2787 if (*s == '*')
2788 s++;
2789 else
2790 break;
2791 }
2792 else if (*s == '*')
2793 break;
2794
2795 if (strncasecmp (s, "sbz", 3) == 0)
2796 {
2797 cmpltr = 2;
2798 s += 3;
2799 }
2800 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shz", 3) == 0)
2801 {
2802 cmpltr = 3;
2803 s += 3;
2804 }
2805 else if (strncasecmp (s, "sdc", 3) == 0)
2806 {
2807 cmpltr = 4;
2808 s += 3;
2809 }
2810 else if (strncasecmp (s, "sbc", 3) == 0)
2811 {
2812 cmpltr = 6;
2813 s += 3;
2814 }
2815 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shc", 3) == 0)
2816 {
2817 cmpltr = 7;
2818 s += 3;
2819 }
2820 else if (strncasecmp (s, "tr", 2) == 0)
2821 {
2822 cmpltr = 0;
2823 flag = 1;
2824 s += 2;
2825 }
2826 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbz", 3) == 0)
2827 {
2828 cmpltr = 2;
2829 flag = 1;
2830 s += 3;
2831 }
2832 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhz", 3) == 0)
2833 {
2834 cmpltr = 3;
2835 flag = 1;
2836 s += 3;
2837 }
2838 else if (strncasecmp (s, "ndc", 3) == 0)
2839 {
2840 cmpltr = 4;
2841 flag = 1;
2842 s += 3;
2843 }
2844 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbc", 3) == 0)
2845 {
2846 cmpltr = 6;
2847 flag = 1;
2848 s += 3;
2849 }
2850 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhc", 3) == 0)
2851 {
2852 cmpltr = 7;
2853 flag = 1;
2854 s += 3;
2855 }
2856 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swz", 3) == 0)
2857 {
2858 cmpltr = 1;
2859 flag = 0;
2860 s += 3;
2861 }
2862 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swc", 3) == 0)
2863 {
2864 cmpltr = 5;
2865 flag = 0;
2866 s += 3;
2867 }
2868 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwz", 3) == 0)
2869 {
2870 cmpltr = 1;
2871 flag = 1;
2872 s += 3;
2873 }
2874 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwc", 3) == 0)
2875 {
2876 cmpltr = 5;
2877 flag = 1;
2878 s += 3;
2879 }
2880 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2881 else if (*args != 'U')
2882 as_bad (_("Invalid Unit Instruction Condition."));
2883 }
2884 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2885 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2886
2887 default:
2888 abort ();
2889 }
2890 break;
2891 }
2892
2893 /* Handle a nullification completer for branch instructions. */
2894 case 'n':
2895 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
2896 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 1);
2897
2898 /* Handle a nullification completer for copr and spop insns. */
2899 case 'N':
2900 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
2901 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 5);
2902
2903 /* Handle ,%r2 completer for new syntax branches. */
2904 case 'L':
2905 if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%r2", 3) == 0)
2906 s += 4;
2907 else if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%rp", 3) == 0)
2908 s += 4;
2909 else
2910 break;
2911 continue;
2912
2913 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
2914 are 0..6 inclusive. */
2915 case 'h':
2916 get_expression (s);
2917 s = expr_end;
2918 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2919 {
2920 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2921 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
2922 num++;
2923 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
2924 }
2925 else
2926 break;
2927
2928 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
2929 are 0..6 inclusive. */
2930 case 'm':
2931 get_expression (s);
2932 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2933 {
2934 s = expr_end;
2935 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2936 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
2937 num = (num + 1) ^ 1;
2938 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
2939 }
2940 else
2941 break;
2942
2943 /* Handle graphics test completers for ftest */
2944 case '=':
2945 {
2946 num = pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (&s);
2947 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2948 }
2949
2950 /* Handle a 11 bit immediate at 31. */
2951 case 'i':
2952 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2953 get_expression (s);
2954 s = expr_end;
2955 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2956 {
2957 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2958 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, -1024, 0);
2959 num = low_sign_unext (num, 11);
2960 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2961 }
2962 else
2963 {
2964 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
2965 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
2966 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
2967 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
2968 else
2969 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
2970 the_insn.format = 11;
2971 continue;
2972 }
2973
2974 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
2975 case 'J':
2976 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2977 get_expression (s);
2978 s = expr_end;
2979 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2980 {
2981 int mb;
2982
2983 /* XXX the completer stored away tidbits of information
2984 for us to extract. We need a cleaner way to do this.
2985 Now that we have lots of letters again, it would be
2986 good to rethink this. */
2987 mb = opcode & 1;
2988 opcode -= mb;
2989 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2990 if (mb != (num < 0))
2991 break;
2992 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
2993 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
2994 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2995 }
2996 break;
2997
2998 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
2999 case 'K':
3000 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3001 get_expression (s);
3002 s = expr_end;
3003 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3004 {
3005 int mb;
3006
3007 mb = opcode & 1;
3008 opcode -= mb;
3009 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3010 if (mb == (num < 0))
3011 break;
3012 if (num % 4)
3013 break;
3014 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3015 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
3016 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3017 }
3018 break;
3019
3020 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
3021 case '<':
3022 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3023 get_expression (s);
3024 s = expr_end;
3025 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3026 {
3027 int mb;
3028
3029 mb = opcode & 1;
3030 opcode -= mb;
3031 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3032 if (mb != (num < 0))
3033 break;
3034 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3035 num = re_assemble_16 (num);
3036 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3037 }
3038 break;
3039
3040 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
3041 case '>':
3042 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3043 get_expression (s);
3044 s = expr_end;
3045 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3046 {
3047 int mb;
3048
3049 mb = opcode & 1;
3050 opcode -= mb;
3051 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3052 if (mb == (num < 0))
3053 break;
3054 if (num % 4)
3055 break;
3056 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3057 num = re_assemble_16 (num);
3058 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3059 }
3060 break;
3061
3062 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left three times. */
3063 case '#':
3064 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3065 get_expression (s);
3066 s = expr_end;
3067 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3068 {
3069 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3070 if (num & 0x7)
3071 break;
3072 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3073 if (num < 0)
3074 opcode |= 1;
3075 num &= 0x1fff;
3076 num >>= 3;
3077 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 4);
3078 }
3079 else
3080 {
3081 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3082 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3083 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3084 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3085 else
3086 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3087 the_insn.format = 14;
3088 continue;
3089 }
3090 break;
3091
3092 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left twice. */
3093 case 'd':
3094 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3095 get_expression (s);
3096 s = expr_end;
3097 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3098 {
3099 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3100 if (num & 0x3)
3101 break;
3102 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3103 if (num < 0)
3104 opcode |= 1;
3105 num &= 0x1fff;
3106 num >>= 2;
3107 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
3108 }
3109 else
3110 {
3111 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3112 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3113 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3114 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3115 else
3116 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3117 the_insn.format = 14;
3118 continue;
3119 }
3120
3121 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
3122 case 'j':
3123 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3124 get_expression (s);
3125 s = expr_end;
3126 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3127 {
3128 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3129 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3130 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
3131 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3132 }
3133 else
3134 {
3135 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3136 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3137 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3138 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3139 else
3140 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3141 the_insn.format = 14;
3142 continue;
3143 }
3144
3145 /* Handle a 21 bit immediate at 31. */
3146 case 'k':
3147 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3148 get_expression (s);
3149 s = expr_end;
3150 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3151 {
3152 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3153 CHECK_FIELD (num >> 11, 1048575, -1048576, 0);
3154 opcode |= re_assemble_21 (num);
3155 continue;
3156 }
3157 else
3158 {
3159 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3160 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3161 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3162 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3163 else
3164 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3165 the_insn.format = 21;
3166 continue;
3167 }
3168
3169 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31 (PA 2.0 wide mode only). */
3170 case 'l':
3171 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3172 get_expression (s);
3173 s = expr_end;
3174 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3175 {
3176 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3177 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3178 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3179 continue;
3180 }
3181 else
3182 {
3183 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3184 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3185 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3186 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3187 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3188 else
3189 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3190 the_insn.format = 14;
3191 continue;
3192 }
3193
3194 /* Handle a word-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
3195 case 'y':
3196 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3197 get_expression (s);
3198 s = expr_end;
3199 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3200 {
3201 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3202 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3203 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 4, 0);
3204 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3205 continue;
3206 }
3207 else
3208 {
3209 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3210 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3211 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3212 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3213 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3214 else
3215 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3216 the_insn.format = 14;
3217 continue;
3218 }
3219
3220 /* Handle a dword-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
3221 case '&':
3222 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3223 get_expression (s);
3224 s = expr_end;
3225 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3226 {
3227 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3228 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3229 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 8, 0);
3230 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3231 continue;
3232 }
3233 else
3234 {
3235 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3236 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3237 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3238 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3239 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3240 else
3241 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3242 the_insn.format = 14;
3243 continue;
3244 }
3245
3246 /* Handle a 12 bit branch displacement. */
3247 case 'w':
3248 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3249 get_expression (s);
3250 s = expr_end;
3251 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3252 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3253 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3254 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
3255 {
3256 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3257 if (num % 4)
3258 {
3259 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3260 break;
3261 }
3262 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3263 num -= 8;
3264 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3265 opcode |= re_assemble_12 (num >> 2);
3266 continue;
3267 }
3268 else
3269 {
3270 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3271 the_insn.format = 12;
3272 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3273 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3274 s = expr_end;
3275 continue;
3276 }
3277
3278 /* Handle a 17 bit branch displacement. */
3279 case 'W':
3280 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3281 get_expression (s);
3282 s = expr_end;
3283 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3284 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3285 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3286 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
3287 {
3288 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3289 if (num % 4)
3290 {
3291 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3292 break;
3293 }
3294 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3295 num -= 8;
3296 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
3297 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
3298 continue;
3299 }
3300 else
3301 {
3302 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3303 the_insn.format = 17;
3304 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3305 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3306 continue;
3307 }
3308
3309 /* Handle a 22 bit branch displacement. */
3310 case 'X':
3311 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3312 get_expression (s);
3313 s = expr_end;
3314 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3315 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3316 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3317 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
3318 {
3319 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3320 if (num % 4)
3321 {
3322 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3323 break;
3324 }
3325 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3326 num -= 8;
3327 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8388607, -8388608, 0);
3328 opcode |= re_assemble_22 (num >> 2);
3329 }
3330 else
3331 {
3332 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3333 the_insn.format = 22;
3334 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3335 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3336 continue;
3337 }
3338
3339 /* Handle an absolute 17 bit branch target. */
3340 case 'z':
3341 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3342 get_expression (s);
3343 s = expr_end;
3344 the_insn.pcrel = 0;
3345 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3346 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3347 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
3348 {
3349 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3350 if (num % 4)
3351 {
3352 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3353 break;
3354 }
3355 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3356 num -= 8;
3357 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
3358 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
3359 continue;
3360 }
3361 else
3362 {
3363 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_ABS_CALL;
3364 the_insn.format = 17;
3365 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3366 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3367 continue;
3368 }
3369
3370 /* Handle '%r1' implicit operand of addil instruction. */
3371 case 'Z':
3372 if (*s == ',' && *(s + 1) == '%' && *(s + 3) == '1'
3373 && (*(s + 2) == 'r' || *(s + 2) == 'R'))
3374 {
3375 s += 4;
3376 continue;
3377 }
3378 else
3379 break;
3380
3381 /* Handle '%sr0,%r31' implicit operand of be,l instruction. */
3382 case 'Y':
3383 if (strncasecmp (s, "%sr0,%r31", 9) != 0)
3384 break;
3385 s += 9;
3386 continue;
3387
3388 /* Handle immediate value of 0 for ordered load/store instructions. */
3389 case '@':
3390 if (*s != '0')
3391 break;
3392 s++;
3393 continue;
3394
3395 /* Handle a 2 bit shift count at 25. */
3396 case '.':
3397 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3398 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3399 break;
3400 s = expr_end;
3401 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 1, strict);
3402 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3403
3404 /* Handle a 4 bit shift count at 25. */
3405 case '*':
3406 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3407 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3408 break;
3409 s = expr_end;
3410 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, 0, strict);
3411 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3412
3413 /* Handle a 5 bit shift count at 26. */
3414 case 'p':
3415 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3416 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3417 break;
3418 s = expr_end;
3419 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3420 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 31 - num, 5);
3421
3422 /* Handle a 6 bit shift count at 20,22:26. */
3423 case '~':
3424 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3425 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3426 break;
3427 s = expr_end;
3428 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3429 num = 63 - num;
3430 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
3431 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
3432
3433 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 23,27:31. */
3434 case '%':
3435 flag = 0;
3436 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3437 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3438 break;
3439 s = expr_end;
3440 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
3441 num--;
3442 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 3;
3443 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
3444 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3445
3446 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 19,27:31. */
3447 case '|':
3448 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3449 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3450 break;
3451 s = expr_end;
3452 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
3453 num--;
3454 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 7;
3455 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
3456 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3457
3458 /* Handle a 5 bit bit position at 26. */
3459 case 'P':
3460 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3461 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3462 break;
3463 s = expr_end;
3464 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3465 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 5);
3466
3467 /* Handle a 6 bit bit position at 20,22:26. */
3468 case 'q':
3469 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3470 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3471 break;
3472 s = expr_end;
3473 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3474 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
3475 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
3476
3477 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10 with 'd' as the complement
3478 of the high bit of the immediate. */
3479 case 'B':
3480 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3481 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3482 break;
3483 s = expr_end;
3484 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3485 if (num & 0x20)
3486 ;
3487 else
3488 opcode |= (1 << 13);
3489 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 21);
3490
3491 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10. */
3492 case 'Q':
3493 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3494 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3495 break;
3496 s = expr_end;
3497 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3498 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3499
3500 /* Handle a 9 bit immediate at 28. */
3501 case '$':
3502 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3503 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3504 break;
3505 s = expr_end;
3506 CHECK_FIELD (num, 511, 1, strict);
3507 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
3508
3509 /* Handle a 13 bit immediate at 18. */
3510 case 'A':
3511 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3512 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3513 break;
3514 s = expr_end;
3515 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, 0, strict);
3516 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
3517
3518 /* Handle a 26 bit immediate at 31. */
3519 case 'D':
3520 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3521 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3522 break;
3523 s = expr_end;
3524 CHECK_FIELD (num, 67108863, 0, strict);
3525 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3526
3527 /* Handle a 3 bit SFU identifier at 25. */
3528 case 'v':
3529 if (*s++ != ',')
3530 as_bad (_("Invalid SFU identifier"));
3531 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3532 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3533 break;
3534 s = expr_end;
3535 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
3536 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3537
3538 /* Handle a 20 bit SOP field for spop0. */
3539 case 'O':
3540 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3541 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3542 break;
3543 s = expr_end;
3544 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1048575, 0, strict);
3545 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000fffe0) << 6);
3546 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3547
3548 /* Handle a 15bit SOP field for spop1. */
3549 case 'o':
3550 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3551 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3552 break;
3553 s = expr_end;
3554 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
3555 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
3556
3557 /* Handle a 10bit SOP field for spop3. */
3558 case '0':
3559 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3560 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3561 break;
3562 s = expr_end;
3563 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
3564 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000003e0) << 6);
3565 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3566
3567 /* Handle a 15 bit SOP field for spop2. */
3568 case '1':
3569 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3570 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3571 break;
3572 s = expr_end;
3573 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
3574 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x00007fe0) << 6);
3575 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3576
3577 /* Handle a 3-bit co-processor ID field. */
3578 case 'u':
3579 if (*s++ != ',')
3580 as_bad (_("Invalid COPR identifier"));
3581 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3582 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3583 break;
3584 s = expr_end;
3585 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
3586 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3587
3588 /* Handle a 22bit SOP field for copr. */
3589 case '2':
3590 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3591 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3592 break;
3593 s = expr_end;
3594 CHECK_FIELD (num, 4194303, 0, strict);
3595 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x003fffe0) << 4);
3596 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3597
3598 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
3599 case '{':
3600 if (*s == ',' && *(s+1) == 't')
3601 {
3602 the_insn.trunc = 1;
3603 s += 2;
3604 }
3605 else
3606 the_insn.trunc = 0;
3607 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
3608 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3609 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
3610 flag = SGL;
3611 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
3612 flag = DBL;
3613 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
3614 flag = QUAD;
3615 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3616
3617 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
3618 case '_':
3619 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
3620 s--;
3621 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
3622 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
3623 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
3624 flag = SGL;
3625 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
3626 flag = DBL;
3627 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
3628 flag = QUAD;
3629 opcode |= flag << 13;
3630 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL
3631 || the_insn.fpof1 == DBL
3632 || the_insn.fpof1 == QUAD)
3633 {
3634 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3635 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3636 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3637 flag = 0;
3638 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == W
3639 || the_insn.fpof2 == DW
3640 || the_insn.fpof2 == QW)
3641 flag = 2;
3642 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == UW
3643 || the_insn.fpof2 == UDW
3644 || the_insn.fpof2 == UQW)
3645 flag = 6;
3646 else
3647 abort ();
3648 }
3649 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == W
3650 || the_insn.fpof1 == DW
3651 || the_insn.fpof1 == QW)
3652 {
3653 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3654 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3655 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3656 flag = 1;
3657 else
3658 abort ();
3659 }
3660 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == UW
3661 || the_insn.fpof1 == UDW
3662 || the_insn.fpof1 == UQW)
3663 {
3664 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3665 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3666 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3667 flag = 5;
3668 else
3669 abort ();
3670 }
3671 flag |= the_insn.trunc;
3672 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 15);
3673
3674 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
3675 case 'F':
3676 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3677 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3678 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3679
3680 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
3681 case 'G':
3682 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
3683 s--;
3684 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3685 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
3686 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 13);
3687
3688 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer at 20. */
3689 case 'I':
3690 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3691 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3692 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3693
3694 /* Handle a floating point operand format at 26.
3695 Only allows single and double precision. */
3696 case 'H':
3697 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3698 switch (flag)
3699 {
3700 case SGL:
3701 opcode |= 0x20;
3702 case DBL:
3703 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3704 continue;
3705
3706 case QUAD:
3707 case ILLEGAL_FMT:
3708 default:
3709 as_bad (_("Invalid Floating Point Operand Format."));
3710 }
3711 break;
3712
3713 /* Handle all floating point registers. */
3714 case 'f':
3715 switch (*++args)
3716 {
3717 /* Float target register. */
3718 case 't':
3719 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
3720 break;
3721 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3722 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3723 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3724
3725 /* Float target register with L/R selection. */
3726 case 'T':
3727 {
3728 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3729 break;
3730 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3731 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3732 opcode |= num;
3733
3734 /* 0x30 opcodes are FP arithmetic operation opcodes
3735 and need to be turned into 0x38 opcodes. This
3736 is not necessary for loads/stores. */
3737 if (need_pa11_opcode ()
3738 && ((opcode & 0xfc000000) == 0x30000000))
3739 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3740
3741 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 6 : 0);
3742 continue;
3743 }
3744
3745 /* Float operand 1. */
3746 case 'a':
3747 {
3748 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3749 break;
3750 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3751 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3752 opcode |= num << 21;
3753 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3754 {
3755 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
3756 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3757 }
3758 continue;
3759 }
3760
3761 /* Float operand 1 with L/R selection. */
3762 case 'X':
3763 case 'A':
3764 {
3765 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3766 break;
3767 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3768 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3769 opcode |= num << 21;
3770 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
3771 continue;
3772 }
3773
3774 /* Float operand 2. */
3775 case 'b':
3776 {
3777 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3778 break;
3779 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3780 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3781 opcode |= num << 16;
3782 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3783 {
3784 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
3785 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3786 }
3787 continue;
3788 }
3789
3790 /* Float operand 2 with L/R selection. */
3791 case 'B':
3792 {
3793 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3794 break;
3795 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3796 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3797 opcode |= num << 16;
3798 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
3799 continue;
3800 }
3801
3802 /* Float operand 3 for fmpyfadd, fmpynfadd. */
3803 case 'C':
3804 {
3805 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3806 break;
3807 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3808 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3809 opcode |= (num & 0x1c) << 11;
3810 opcode |= (num & 0x03) << 9;
3811 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 8 : 0);
3812 continue;
3813 }
3814
3815 /* Float mult operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3816 case 'i':
3817 {
3818 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3819 break;
3820 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3821 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3822 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3823 {
3824 if (num < 16)
3825 {
3826 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3827 break;
3828 }
3829 num &= 0xF;
3830 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3831 }
3832 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3833 }
3834
3835 /* Float mult operand 2 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3836 case 'j':
3837 {
3838 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3839 break;
3840 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3841 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3842 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3843 {
3844 if (num < 16)
3845 {
3846 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3847 break;
3848 }
3849 num &= 0xF;
3850 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3851 }
3852 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3853 }
3854
3855 /* Float mult target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3856 case 'k':
3857 {
3858 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3859 break;
3860 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3861 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3862 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3863 {
3864 if (num < 16)
3865 {
3866 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3867 break;
3868 }
3869 num &= 0xF;
3870 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3871 }
3872 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3873 }
3874
3875 /* Float add operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3876 case 'l':
3877 {
3878 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3879 break;
3880 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3881 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3882 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3883 {
3884 if (num < 16)
3885 {
3886 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3887 break;
3888 }
3889 num &= 0xF;
3890 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3891 }
3892 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3893 }
3894
3895 /* Float add target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3896 case 'm':
3897 {
3898 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3899 break;
3900 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3901 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3902 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3903 {
3904 if (num < 16)
3905 {
3906 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3907 break;
3908 }
3909 num &= 0xF;
3910 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3911 }
3912 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
3913 }
3914
3915 /* Handle L/R register halves like 'x'. */
3916 case 'E':
3917 case 'e':
3918 {
3919 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3920 break;
3921 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3922 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3923 opcode |= num << 16;
3924 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3925 {
3926 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 1 : 0);
3927 }
3928 continue;
3929 }
3930
3931 /* Float target register (PA 2.0 wide). */
3932 case 'x':
3933 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
3934 break;
3935 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3936 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3937 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3938
3939 default:
3940 abort ();
3941 }
3942 break;
3943
3944 default:
3945 abort ();
3946 }
3947 break;
3948 }
3949
3950 failed:
3951 /* Check if the args matched. */
3952 if (!match)
3953 {
3954 if (&insn[1] - pa_opcodes < (int) NUMOPCODES
3955 && !strcmp (insn->name, insn[1].name))
3956 {
3957 ++insn;
3958 s = argstart;
3959 continue;
3960 }
3961 else
3962 {
3963 as_bad (_("Invalid operands %s"), error_message);
3964 return;
3965 }
3966 }
3967 break;
3968 }
3969
3970 the_insn.opcode = opcode;
3971}
3972
3973/* Turn a string in input_line_pointer into a floating point constant of type
3974 type, and store the appropriate bytes in *litP. The number of LITTLENUMS
3975 emitted is stored in *sizeP . An error message or NULL is returned. */
3976
3977#define MAX_LITTLENUMS 6
3978
3979char *
3980md_atof (type, litP, sizeP)
3981 char type;
3982 char *litP;
3983 int *sizeP;
3984{
3985 int prec;
3986 LITTLENUM_TYPE words[MAX_LITTLENUMS];
3987 LITTLENUM_TYPE *wordP;
3988 char *t;
3989
3990 switch (type)
3991 {
3992
3993 case 'f':
3994 case 'F':
3995 case 's':
3996 case 'S':
3997 prec = 2;
3998 break;
3999
4000 case 'd':
4001 case 'D':
4002 case 'r':
4003 case 'R':
4004 prec = 4;
4005 break;
4006
4007 case 'x':
4008 case 'X':
4009 prec = 6;
4010 break;
4011
4012 case 'p':
4013 case 'P':
4014 prec = 6;
4015 break;
4016
4017 default:
4018 *sizeP = 0;
4019 return _("Bad call to MD_ATOF()");
4020 }
4021 t = atof_ieee (input_line_pointer, type, words);
4022 if (t)
4023 input_line_pointer = t;
4024 *sizeP = prec * sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
4025 for (wordP = words; prec--;)
4026 {
4027 md_number_to_chars (litP, (valueT) (*wordP++), sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE));
4028 litP += sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
4029 }
4030 return NULL;
4031}
4032
4033/* Write out big-endian. */
4034
4035void
4036md_number_to_chars (buf, val, n)
4037 char *buf;
4038 valueT val;
4039 int n;
4040{
4041 number_to_chars_bigendian (buf, val, n);
4042}
4043
4044/* Translate internal representation of relocation info to BFD target
4045 format. */
4046
4047arelent **
4048tc_gen_reloc (section, fixp)
4049 asection *section;
4050 fixS *fixp;
4051{
4052 arelent *reloc;
4053 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
4054 static arelent *no_relocs = NULL;
4055 arelent **relocs;
4056 reloc_type **codes;
4057 reloc_type code;
4058 int n_relocs;
4059 int i;
4060
4061 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
4062 if (fixp->fx_addsy == 0)
4063 return &no_relocs;
4064
4065 assert (hppa_fixp != 0);
4066 assert (section != 0);
4067
4068 reloc = (arelent *) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent));
4069
4070 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4071 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4072 codes = hppa_gen_reloc_type (stdoutput,
4073 fixp->fx_r_type,
4074 hppa_fixp->fx_r_format,
4075 hppa_fixp->fx_r_field,
4076 fixp->fx_subsy != NULL,
4077 symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy));
4078
4079 if (codes == NULL)
4080 {
4081 as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line, _("Cannot handle fixup"));
4082 abort ();
4083 }
4084
4085 for (n_relocs = 0; codes[n_relocs]; n_relocs++)
4086 ;
4087
4088 relocs = (arelent **) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent *) * n_relocs + 1);
4089 reloc = (arelent *) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent) * n_relocs);
4090 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
4091 relocs[i] = &reloc[i];
4092
4093 relocs[n_relocs] = NULL;
4094
4095#ifdef OBJ_ELF
4096 switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
4097 {
4098 default:
4099 assert (n_relocs == 1);
4100
4101 code = *codes[0];
4102
4103 /* Now, do any processing that is dependent on the relocation type. */
4104 switch (code)
4105 {
4106 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
4107 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
4108 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14F:
4109 case R_PARISC_PLABEL32:
4110 case R_PARISC_PLABEL21L:
4111 case R_PARISC_PLABEL14R:
4112 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
4113 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
4114 (static link required). This adjustment is done in
4115 bfd/elf32-hppa.c:elf32_hppa_relocate_section.
4116
4117 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
4118 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
4119 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
4120 reloc->addend = 0;
4121 break;
4122
4123#ifdef ELF_ARG_RELOC
4124 case R_PARISC_PCREL17R:
4125 case R_PARISC_PCREL17F:
4126 case R_PARISC_PCREL17C:
4127 case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
4128 case R_PARISC_DIR17F:
4129 case R_PARISC_PCREL21L:
4130 case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
4131 reloc->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc,
4132 fixp->fx_offset);
4133 break;
4134#endif
4135
4136 case R_PARISC_DIR32:
4137 /* Facilitate hand-crafted unwind info. */
4138 if (strcmp (section->name, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
4139 code = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
4140 /* Fall thru */
4141
4142 default:
4143 reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4144 break;
4145 }
4146
4147 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4148 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4149 reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4150 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
4151 reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4152
4153 assert (reloc->howto && (unsigned int) code == reloc->howto->type);
4154 break;
4155 }
4156#else /* OBJ_SOM */
4157
4158 /* Walk over reach relocation returned by the BFD backend. */
4159 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
4160 {
4161 code = *codes[i];
4162
4163 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4164 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4165 relocs[i]->howto =
4166 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4167 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
4168 relocs[i]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4169
4170 switch (code)
4171 {
4172 case R_COMP2:
4173 /* The only time we ever use a R_COMP2 fixup is for the difference
4174 of two symbols. With that in mind we fill in all four
4175 relocs now and break out of the loop. */
4176 assert (i == 1);
4177 relocs[0]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
4178 relocs[0]->howto =
4179 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4180 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[0]);
4181 relocs[0]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4182 relocs[0]->addend = 0;
4183 relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4184 *relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4185 relocs[1]->howto =
4186 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4187 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[1]);
4188 relocs[1]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4189 relocs[1]->addend = 0;
4190 relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4191 *relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_subsy);
4192 relocs[2]->howto =
4193 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4194 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[2]);
4195 relocs[2]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4196 relocs[2]->addend = 0;
4197 relocs[3]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
4198 relocs[3]->howto =
4199 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4200 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[3]);
4201 relocs[3]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4202 relocs[3]->addend = 0;
4203 relocs[4]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
4204 relocs[4]->howto =
4205 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4206 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[4]);
4207 relocs[4]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4208 relocs[4]->addend = 0;
4209 goto done;
4210 case R_PCREL_CALL:
4211 case R_ABS_CALL:
4212 relocs[i]->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc, 0);
4213 break;
4214
4215 case R_DLT_REL:
4216 case R_DATA_PLABEL:
4217 case R_CODE_PLABEL:
4218 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
4219 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
4220 (static link required).
4221
4222 FIXME: We always assume no static link!
4223
4224 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
4225 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
4226 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
4227 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
4228 break;
4229
4230 case R_N_MODE:
4231 case R_S_MODE:
4232 case R_D_MODE:
4233 case R_R_MODE:
4234 case R_FSEL:
4235 case R_LSEL:
4236 case R_RSEL:
4237 case R_BEGIN_BRTAB:
4238 case R_END_BRTAB:
4239 case R_BEGIN_TRY:
4240 case R_N0SEL:
4241 case R_N1SEL:
4242 /* There is no symbol or addend associated with these fixups. */
4243 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4244 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
4245 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
4246 break;
4247
4248 case R_END_TRY:
4249 case R_ENTRY:
4250 case R_EXIT:
4251 /* There is no symbol associated with these fixups. */
4252 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4253 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
4254 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4255 break;
4256
4257 default:
4258 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4259 }
4260 }
4261
4262 done:
4263#endif
4264
4265 return relocs;
4266}
4267
4268/* Process any machine dependent frag types. */
4269
4270void
4271md_convert_frag (abfd, sec, fragP)
4272 register bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4273 register asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4274 register fragS *fragP;
4275{
4276 unsigned int address;
4277
4278 if (fragP->fr_type == rs_machine_dependent)
4279 {
4280 switch ((int) fragP->fr_subtype)
4281 {
4282 case 0:
4283 fragP->fr_type = rs_fill;
4284 know (fragP->fr_var == 1);
4285 know (fragP->fr_next);
4286 address = fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix;
4287 if (address % fragP->fr_offset)
4288 {
4289 fragP->fr_offset =
4290 fragP->fr_next->fr_address
4291 - fragP->fr_address
4292 - fragP->fr_fix;
4293 }
4294 else
4295 fragP->fr_offset = 0;
4296 break;
4297 }
4298 }
4299}
4300
4301/* Round up a section size to the appropriate boundary. */
4302
4303valueT
4304md_section_align (segment, size)
4305 asection *segment;
4306 valueT size;
4307{
4308 int align = bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, segment);
4309 int align2 = (1 << align) - 1;
4310
4311 return (size + align2) & ~align2;
4312}
4313
4314/* Return the approximate size of a frag before relaxation has occurred. */
4315int
4316md_estimate_size_before_relax (fragP, segment)
4317 register fragS *fragP;
4318 asection *segment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4319{
4320 int size;
4321
4322 size = 0;
4323
4324 while ((fragP->fr_fix + size) % fragP->fr_offset)
4325 size++;
4326
4327 return size;
4328}
4329
4330
4331#ifdef OBJ_ELF
4332# ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4333const char *md_shortopts = "Vc";
4334# else
4335const char *md_shortopts = "V";
4336# endif
4337#else
4338# ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4339const char *md_shortopts = "c";
4340# else
4341const char *md_shortopts = "";
4342# endif
4343#endif
4344
4345struct option md_longopts[] = {
4346#ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4347 {"warn-comment", no_argument, NULL, 'c'},
4348#endif
4349 {NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0}
4350};
4351size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts);
4352
4353int
4354md_parse_option (c, arg)
4355 int c ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4356 char *arg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4357{
4358 switch (c)
4359 {
4360 default:
4361 return 0;
4362
4363#ifdef OBJ_ELF
4364 case 'V':
4365 print_version_id ();
4366 break;
4367#endif
4368#ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4369 case 'c':
4370 warn_comment = 1;
4371 break;
4372#endif
4373 }
4374
4375 return 1;
4376}
4377
4378void
4379md_show_usage (stream)
4380 FILE *stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4381{
4382#ifdef OBJ_ELF
4383 fprintf (stream, _("\
4384 -Q ignored\n"));
4385#endif
4386#ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4387 fprintf (stream, _("\
4388 -c print a warning if a comment is found\n"));
4389#endif
4390}
4391
4392
4393/* We have no need to default values of symbols. */
4394
4395symbolS *
4396md_undefined_symbol (name)
4397 char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4398{
4399 return 0;
4400}
4401
4402#if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
4403#define nonzero_dibits(x) \
4404 ((x) | (((x) & 0x55555555) << 1) | (((x) & 0xAAAAAAAA) >> 1))
4405#define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) \
4406 (((CALLER) ^ (CALLEE)) & nonzero_dibits (CALLER) & nonzero_dibits (CALLEE))
4407#else
4408#define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) 0
4409#endif
4410
4411/* Apply a fixup to an instruction. */
4412
4413void
4414md_apply_fix3 (fixP, valP, seg)
4415 fixS *fixP;
4416 valueT *valP;
4417 segT seg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4418{
4419 unsigned char *buf;
4420 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixP;
4421 offsetT new_val;
4422 int insn, val, fmt;
4423
4424 /* SOM uses R_HPPA_ENTRY and R_HPPA_EXIT relocations which can
4425 never be "applied" (they are just markers). Likewise for
4426 R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB and R_HPPA_END_BRTAB. */
4427#ifdef OBJ_SOM
4428 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ENTRY
4429 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_EXIT
4430 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
4431 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
4432 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY)
4433 return;
4434
4435 /* Disgusting. We must set fx_offset ourselves -- R_HPPA_END_TRY
4436 fixups are considered not adjustable, which in turn causes
4437 adjust_reloc_syms to not set fx_offset. Ugh. */
4438 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_TRY)
4439 {
4440 fixP->fx_offset = * valP;
4441 return;
4442 }
4443#endif
4444#ifdef OBJ_ELF
4445 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY
4446 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT)
4447 return;
4448#endif
4449
4450 if (fixP->fx_addsy == NULL && fixP->fx_pcrel == 0)
4451 fixP->fx_done = 1;
4452
4453 /* There should have been an HPPA specific fixup associated
4454 with the GAS fixup. */
4455 hppa_fixP = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixP->tc_fix_data;
4456 if (hppa_fixP == NULL)
4457 {
4458 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
4459 _("no hppa_fixup entry for fixup type 0x%x"),
4460 fixP->fx_r_type);
4461 return;
4462 }
4463
4464 buf = (unsigned char *) (fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where);
4465 insn = bfd_get_32 (stdoutput, buf);
4466 fmt = bfd_hppa_insn2fmt (stdoutput, insn);
4467
4468 /* If there is a symbol associated with this fixup, then it's something
4469 which will need a SOM relocation (except for some PC-relative relocs).
4470 In such cases we should treat the "val" or "addend" as zero since it
4471 will be added in as needed from fx_offset in tc_gen_reloc. */
4472 if ((fixP->fx_addsy != NULL
4473 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_NONE)
4474#ifdef OBJ_SOM
4475 && fmt != 32
4476#endif
4477 )
4478 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
4479#ifdef OBJ_SOM
4480 /* These field selectors imply that we do not want an addend. */
4481 else if (hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_psel
4482 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
4483 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_lpsel
4484 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_tsel
4485 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
4486 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_ltsel)
4487 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
4488#endif
4489 else
4490 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
4491
4492 /* Handle pc-relative exceptions from above. */
4493 if ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22)
4494 && fixP->fx_addsy
4495 && fixP->fx_pcrel
4496 && !arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixP->fx_addsy),
4497 hppa_fixP->fx_arg_reloc)
4498#ifdef OBJ_ELF
4499 && (* valP - 8 + 8192 < 16384
4500 || (fmt == 17 && * valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288)
4501 || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
4502#endif
4503#ifdef OBJ_SOM
4504 && (* valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288
4505 || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
4506#endif
4507 && !S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixP->fx_addsy)
4508 && !S_IS_WEAK (fixP->fx_addsy)
4509 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == hppa_fixP->segment
4510 && !(fixP->fx_subsy
4511 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_subsy) != hppa_fixP->segment))
4512 {
4513 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
4514 }
4515
4516 switch (fmt)
4517 {
4518 case 10:
4519 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
4520 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4521 val = new_val;
4522
4523 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1) | (((val & 0x1ff8) << 1)
4524 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
4525 break;
4526 case -11:
4527 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
4528 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4529 val = new_val;
4530
4531 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff9) | (((val & 0x1ffc) << 1)
4532 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
4533 break;
4534 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'j' operand type. */
4535 case 14:
4536 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
4537 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4538 val = new_val;
4539
4540 insn = ((insn & ~ 0x3fff) | low_sign_unext (val, 14));
4541 break;
4542
4543 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'k' operand type. */
4544 case 21:
4545 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1048575, -1048576,
4546 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4547 val = new_val;
4548
4549 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1fffff) | re_assemble_21 (val);
4550 break;
4551
4552 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'i' operand type. */
4553 case 11:
4554 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1023, -1024,
4555 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4556 val = new_val;
4557
4558 insn = (insn & ~ 0x7ff) | low_sign_unext (val, 11);
4559 break;
4560
4561 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'w' operand type. */
4562 case 12:
4563 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8191, -8192,
4564 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4565 val = new_val - 8;
4566
4567 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1ffd) | re_assemble_12 (val >> 2);
4568 break;
4569
4570 /* Handle some of the opcodes with the 'W' operand type. */
4571 case 17:
4572 {
4573 offsetT distance = * valP;
4574
4575 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
4576 range target, then we want to complain. */
4577 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
4578 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
4579 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 262143, -262144,
4580 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4581
4582 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 262143, -262144,
4583 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4584 val = new_val - 8;
4585
4586 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1f1ffd) | re_assemble_17 (val >> 2);
4587 break;
4588 }
4589
4590 case 22:
4591 {
4592 offsetT distance = * valP;
4593
4594 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
4595 range target, then we want to complain. */
4596 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
4597 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
4598 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
4599 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4600
4601 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
4602 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4603 val = new_val - 8;
4604
4605 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1ffd) | re_assemble_22 (val >> 2);
4606 break;
4607 }
4608
4609 case -10:
4610 val = new_val;
4611 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff1) | re_assemble_16 (val & -8);
4612 break;
4613
4614 case -16:
4615 val = new_val;
4616 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff9) | re_assemble_16 (val & -4);
4617 break;
4618
4619 case 16:
4620 val = new_val;
4621 insn = (insn & ~ 0xffff) | re_assemble_16 (val);
4622 break;
4623
4624 case 32:
4625 insn = new_val;
4626 break;
4627
4628 default:
4629 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
4630 _("Unknown relocation encountered in md_apply_fix."));
4631 return;
4632 }
4633
4634 /* Insert the relocation. */
4635 bfd_put_32 (stdoutput, insn, buf);
4636}
4637
4638/* Exactly what point is a PC-relative offset relative TO?
4639 On the PA, they're relative to the address of the offset. */
4640
4641long
4642md_pcrel_from (fixP)
4643 fixS *fixP;
4644{
4645 return fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
4646}
4647
4648/* Return nonzero if the input line pointer is at the end of
4649 a statement. */
4650
4651static int
4652is_end_of_statement ()
4653{
4654 return ((*input_line_pointer == '\n')
4655 || (*input_line_pointer == ';')
4656 || (*input_line_pointer == '!'));
4657}
4658
4659/* Read a number from S. The number might come in one of many forms,
4660 the most common will be a hex or decimal constant, but it could be
4661 a pre-defined register (Yuk!), or an absolute symbol.
4662
4663 Return 1 on success or 0 on failure. If STRICT, then a missing
4664 register prefix will cause a failure. The number itself is
4665 returned in `pa_number'.
4666
4667 IS_FLOAT indicates that a PA-89 FP register number should be
4668 parsed; A `l' or `r' suffix is checked for if but 2 of IS_FLOAT is
4669 not set.
4670
4671 pa_parse_number can not handle negative constants and will fail
4672 horribly if it is passed such a constant. */
4673
4674static int
4675pa_parse_number (s, is_float)
4676 char **s;
4677 int is_float;
4678{
4679 int num;
4680 char *name;
4681 char c;
4682 symbolS *sym;
4683 int status;
4684 char *p = *s;
4685 bfd_boolean have_prefix;
4686
4687 /* Skip whitespace before the number. */
4688 while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t')
4689 p = p + 1;
4690
4691 pa_number = -1;
4692 have_prefix = 0;
4693 num = 0;
4694 if (!strict && ISDIGIT (*p))
4695 {
4696 /* Looks like a number. */
4697
4698 if (*p == '0' && (*(p + 1) == 'x' || *(p + 1) == 'X'))
4699 {
4700 /* The number is specified in hex. */
4701 p += 2;
4702 while (ISDIGIT (*p) || ((*p >= 'a') && (*p <= 'f'))
4703 || ((*p >= 'A') && (*p <= 'F')))
4704 {
4705 if (ISDIGIT (*p))
4706 num = num * 16 + *p - '0';
4707 else if (*p >= 'a' && *p <= 'f')
4708 num = num * 16 + *p - 'a' + 10;
4709 else
4710 num = num * 16 + *p - 'A' + 10;
4711 ++p;
4712 }
4713 }
4714 else
4715 {
4716 /* The number is specified in decimal. */
4717 while (ISDIGIT (*p))
4718 {
4719 num = num * 10 + *p - '0';
4720 ++p;
4721 }
4722 }
4723
4724 pa_number = num;
4725
4726 /* Check for a `l' or `r' suffix. */
4727 if (is_float)
4728 {
4729 pa_number += FP_REG_BASE;
4730 if (! (is_float & 2))
4731 {
4732 if (IS_R_SELECT (p))
4733 {
4734 pa_number += FP_REG_RSEL;
4735 ++p;
4736 }
4737 else if (IS_L_SELECT (p))
4738 {
4739 ++p;
4740 }
4741 }
4742 }
4743 }
4744 else if (*p == '%')
4745 {
4746 /* The number might be a predefined register. */
4747 have_prefix = 1;
4748 name = p;
4749 p++;
4750 c = *p;
4751 /* Tege hack: Special case for general registers as the general
4752 code makes a binary search with case translation, and is VERY
4753 slow. */
4754 if (c == 'r')
4755 {
4756 p++;
4757 if (*p == 'e' && *(p + 1) == 't'
4758 && (*(p + 2) == '0' || *(p + 2) == '1'))
4759 {
4760 p += 2;
4761 num = *p - '0' + 28;
4762 p++;
4763 }
4764 else if (*p == 'p')
4765 {
4766 num = 2;
4767 p++;
4768 }
4769 else if (!ISDIGIT (*p))
4770 {
4771 if (print_errors)
4772 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
4773 num = -1;
4774 }
4775 else
4776 {
4777 do
4778 num = num * 10 + *p++ - '0';
4779 while (ISDIGIT (*p));
4780 }
4781 }
4782 else
4783 {
4784 /* Do a normal register search. */
4785 while (is_part_of_name (c))
4786 {
4787 p = p + 1;
4788 c = *p;
4789 }
4790 *p = 0;
4791 status = reg_name_search (name);
4792 if (status >= 0)
4793 num = status;
4794 else
4795 {
4796 if (print_errors)
4797 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
4798 num = -1;
4799 }
4800 *p = c;
4801 }
4802
4803 pa_number = num;
4804 }
4805 else
4806 {
4807 /* And finally, it could be a symbol in the absolute section which
4808 is effectively a constant, or a register alias symbol. */
4809 name = p;
4810 c = *p;
4811 while (is_part_of_name (c))
4812 {
4813 p = p + 1;
4814 c = *p;
4815 }
4816 *p = 0;
4817 if ((sym = symbol_find (name)) != NULL)
4818 {
4819 if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == reg_section)
4820 {
4821 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
4822 /* Well, we don't really have one, but we do have a
4823 register, so... */
4824 have_prefix = TRUE;
4825 }
4826 else if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == &bfd_abs_section)
4827 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
4828 else if (!strict)
4829 {
4830 if (print_errors)
4831 as_bad (_("Non-absolute symbol: '%s'."), name);
4832 num = -1;
4833 }
4834 }
4835 else if (!strict)
4836 {
4837 /* There is where we'd come for an undefined symbol
4838 or for an empty string. For an empty string we
4839 will return zero. That's a concession made for
4840 compatability with the braindamaged HP assemblers. */
4841 if (*name == 0)
4842 num = 0;
4843 else
4844 {
4845 if (print_errors)
4846 as_bad (_("Undefined absolute constant: '%s'."), name);
4847 num = -1;
4848 }
4849 }
4850 *p = c;
4851
4852 pa_number = num;
4853 }
4854
4855 if (!strict || have_prefix)
4856 {
4857 *s = p;
4858 return 1;
4859 }
4860 return 0;
4861}
4862
4863#define REG_NAME_CNT (sizeof (pre_defined_registers) / sizeof (struct pd_reg))
4864
4865/* Given NAME, find the register number associated with that name, return
4866 the integer value associated with the given name or -1 on failure. */
4867
4868static int
4869reg_name_search (name)
4870 char *name;
4871{
4872 int middle, low, high;
4873 int cmp;
4874
4875 low = 0;
4876 high = REG_NAME_CNT - 1;
4877
4878 do
4879 {
4880 middle = (low + high) / 2;
4881 cmp = strcasecmp (name, pre_defined_registers[middle].name);
4882 if (cmp < 0)
4883 high = middle - 1;
4884 else if (cmp > 0)
4885 low = middle + 1;
4886 else
4887 return pre_defined_registers[middle].value;
4888 }
4889 while (low <= high);
4890
4891 return -1;
4892}
4893
4894/* Return nonzero if the given INSN and L/R information will require
4895 a new PA-1.1 opcode. */
4896
4897static int
4898need_pa11_opcode ()
4899{
4900 if ((pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL) != 0
4901 && !(the_insn.fpof1 == DBL && the_insn.fpof2 == DBL))
4902 {
4903 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
4904 then set a new architecture. */
4905 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < pa11)
4906 {
4907 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, pa11))
4908 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
4909 }
4910 return TRUE;
4911 }
4912 else
4913 return FALSE;
4914}
4915
4916/* Parse a condition for a fcmp instruction. Return the numerical
4917 code associated with the condition. */
4918
4919static int
4920pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (s)
4921 char **s;
4922{
4923 int cond, i;
4924
4925 cond = 0;
4926
4927 for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
4928 {
4929 if (strncasecmp (*s, fp_cond_map[i].string,
4930 strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string)) == 0)
4931 {
4932 cond = fp_cond_map[i].cond;
4933 *s += strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
4934 /* If not a complete match, back up the input string and
4935 report an error. */
4936 if (**s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
4937 {
4938 *s -= strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
4939 break;
4940 }
4941 while (**s == ' ' || **s == '\t')
4942 *s = *s + 1;
4943 return cond;
4944 }
4945 }
4946
4947 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Compare Condition: %s"), *s);
4948
4949 /* Advance over the bogus completer. */
4950 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
4951 *s += 1;
4952
4953 return 0;
4954}
4955
4956/* Parse a graphics test complete for ftest. */
4957
4958static int
4959pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (s)
4960 char **s;
4961{
4962 int value;
4963
4964 value = 0;
4965 if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc8", 4) == 0)
4966 {
4967 value = 5;
4968 *s += 4;
4969 }
4970 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc6", 4) == 0)
4971 {
4972 value = 9;
4973 *s += 4;
4974 }
4975 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc4", 4) == 0)
4976 {
4977 value = 13;
4978 *s += 4;
4979 }
4980 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc2", 4) == 0)
4981 {
4982 value = 17;
4983 *s += 4;
4984 }
4985 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc", 3) == 0)
4986 {
4987 value = 1;
4988 *s += 3;
4989 }
4990 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej8", 4) == 0)
4991 {
4992 value = 6;
4993 *s += 4;
4994 }
4995 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej", 3) == 0)
4996 {
4997 value = 2;
4998 *s += 3;
4999 }
5000 else
5001 {
5002 value = 0;
5003 as_bad (_("Invalid FTEST completer: %s"), *s);
5004 }
5005
5006 return value;
5007}
5008
5009/* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
5010 type. */
5011
5012static fp_operand_format
5013pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (s)
5014 char **s;
5015{
5016 int format;
5017
5018 format = SGL;
5019 if (**s == ',')
5020 {
5021 *s += 1;
5022 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
5023 {
5024 format = SGL;
5025 *s += 4;
5026 }
5027 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
5028 {
5029 format = DBL;
5030 *s += 4;
5031 }
5032 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
5033 {
5034 format = QUAD;
5035 *s += 5;
5036 }
5037 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "w", 1) == 0)
5038 {
5039 format = W;
5040 *s += 2;
5041 }
5042 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uw", 2) == 0)
5043 {
5044 format = UW;
5045 *s += 3;
5046 }
5047 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dw", 2) == 0)
5048 {
5049 format = DW;
5050 *s += 3;
5051 }
5052 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "udw", 3) == 0)
5053 {
5054 format = UDW;
5055 *s += 4;
5056 }
5057 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "qw", 2) == 0)
5058 {
5059 format = QW;
5060 *s += 3;
5061 }
5062 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uqw", 3) == 0)
5063 {
5064 format = UQW;
5065 *s += 4;
5066 }
5067 else
5068 {
5069 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
5070 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
5071 }
5072 }
5073
5074 return format;
5075}
5076
5077/* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
5078 type. */
5079
5080static fp_operand_format
5081pa_parse_fp_format (s)
5082 char **s;
5083{
5084 int format;
5085
5086 format = SGL;
5087 if (**s == ',')
5088 {
5089 *s += 1;
5090 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
5091 {
5092 format = SGL;
5093 *s += 4;
5094 }
5095 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
5096 {
5097 format = DBL;
5098 *s += 4;
5099 }
5100 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
5101 {
5102 format = QUAD;
5103 *s += 5;
5104 }
5105 else
5106 {
5107 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
5108 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
5109 }
5110 }
5111
5112 return format;
5113}
5114
5115/* Convert from a selector string into a selector type. */
5116
5117static int
5118pa_chk_field_selector (str)
5119 char **str;
5120{
5121 int middle, low, high;
5122 int cmp;
5123 char name[4];
5124
5125 /* Read past any whitespace. */
5126 /* FIXME: should we read past newlines and formfeeds??? */
5127 while (**str == ' ' || **str == '\t' || **str == '\n' || **str == '\f')
5128 *str = *str + 1;
5129
5130 if ((*str)[1] == '\'' || (*str)[1] == '%')
5131 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
5132 name[1] = 0;
5133 else if ((*str)[2] == '\'' || (*str)[2] == '%')
5134 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
5135 name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]),
5136 name[2] = 0;
5137 else if ((*str)[3] == '\'' || (*str)[3] == '%')
5138 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
5139 name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]),
5140 name[2] = TOLOWER ((*str)[2]),
5141 name[3] = 0;
5142 else
5143 return e_fsel;
5144
5145 low = 0;
5146 high = sizeof (selector_table) / sizeof (struct selector_entry) - 1;
5147
5148 do
5149 {
5150 middle = (low + high) / 2;
5151 cmp = strcmp (name, selector_table[middle].prefix);
5152 if (cmp < 0)
5153 high = middle - 1;
5154 else if (cmp > 0)
5155 low = middle + 1;
5156 else
5157 {
5158 *str += strlen (name) + 1;
5159#ifndef OBJ_SOM
5160 if (selector_table[middle].field_selector == e_nsel)
5161 return e_fsel;
5162#endif
5163 return selector_table[middle].field_selector;
5164 }
5165 }
5166 while (low <= high);
5167
5168 return e_fsel;
5169}
5170
5171/* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an expression (I think). FIXME. */
5172
5173static int
5174get_expression (str)
5175 char *str;
5176{
5177 char *save_in;
5178 asection *seg;
5179
5180 save_in = input_line_pointer;
5181 input_line_pointer = str;
5182 seg = expression (&the_insn.exp);
5183 if (!(seg == absolute_section
5184 || seg == undefined_section
5185 || SEG_NORMAL (seg)))
5186 {
5187 as_warn (_("Bad segment in expression."));
5188 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5189 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5190 return 1;
5191 }
5192 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5193 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5194 return 0;
5195}
5196
5197/* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an absolute expression. FIXME. */
5198static int
5199pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp)
5200 struct pa_it *insn;
5201 char **strp;
5202{
5203 char *save_in;
5204
5205 insn->field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (strp);
5206 save_in = input_line_pointer;
5207 input_line_pointer = *strp;
5208 expression (&insn->exp);
5209 /* This is not perfect, but is a huge improvement over doing nothing.
5210
5211 The PA assembly syntax is ambigious in a variety of ways. Consider
5212 this string "4 %r5" Is that the number 4 followed by the register
5213 r5, or is that 4 MOD r5?
5214
5215 If we get a modulo expresion When looking for an absolute, we try
5216 again cutting off the input string at the first whitespace character. */
5217 if (insn->exp.X_op == O_modulus)
5218 {
5219 char *s, c;
5220 int retval;
5221
5222 input_line_pointer = *strp;
5223 s = *strp;
5224 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
5225 s++;
5226
5227 c = *s;
5228 *s = 0;
5229
5230 retval = pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp);
5231
5232 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5233 *s = c;
5234 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
5235 }
5236 /* When in strict mode we have a non-match, fix up the pointers
5237 and return to our caller. */
5238 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant && strict)
5239 {
5240 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5241 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5242 return 0;
5243 }
5244 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant)
5245 {
5246 as_bad (_("Bad segment (should be absolute)."));
5247 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5248 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5249 return 0;
5250 }
5251 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5252 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5253 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
5254}
5255
5256/* Evaluate an absolute expression EXP which may be modified by
5257 the selector FIELD_SELECTOR. Return the value of the expression. */
5258static int
5259evaluate_absolute (insn)
5260 struct pa_it *insn;
5261{
5262 offsetT value;
5263 expressionS exp;
5264 int field_selector = insn->field_selector;
5265
5266 exp = insn->exp;
5267 value = exp.X_add_number;
5268
5269 return hppa_field_adjust (0, value, field_selector);
5270}
5271
5272/* Given an argument location specification return the associated
5273 argument location number. */
5274
5275static unsigned int
5276pa_build_arg_reloc (type_name)
5277 char *type_name;
5278{
5279
5280 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "no", 2) == 0)
5281 return 0;
5282 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "gr", 2) == 0)
5283 return 1;
5284 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fr", 2) == 0)
5285 return 2;
5286 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fu", 2) == 0)
5287 return 3;
5288 else
5289 as_bad (_("Invalid argument location: %s\n"), type_name);
5290
5291 return 0;
5292}
5293
5294/* Encode and return an argument relocation specification for
5295 the given register in the location specified by arg_reloc. */
5296
5297static unsigned int
5298pa_align_arg_reloc (reg, arg_reloc)
5299 unsigned int reg;
5300 unsigned int arg_reloc;
5301{
5302 unsigned int new_reloc;
5303
5304 new_reloc = arg_reloc;
5305 switch (reg)
5306 {
5307 case 0:
5308 new_reloc <<= 8;
5309 break;
5310 case 1:
5311 new_reloc <<= 6;
5312 break;
5313 case 2:
5314 new_reloc <<= 4;
5315 break;
5316 case 3:
5317 new_reloc <<= 2;
5318 break;
5319 default:
5320 as_bad (_("Invalid argument description: %d"), reg);
5321 }
5322
5323 return new_reloc;
5324}
5325
5326/* Parse a PA nullification completer (,n). Return nonzero if the
5327 completer was found; return zero if no completer was found. */
5328
5329static int
5330pa_parse_nullif (s)
5331 char **s;
5332{
5333 int nullif;
5334
5335 nullif = 0;
5336 if (**s == ',')
5337 {
5338 *s = *s + 1;
5339 if (strncasecmp (*s, "n", 1) == 0)
5340 nullif = 1;
5341 else
5342 {
5343 as_bad (_("Invalid Nullification: (%c)"), **s);
5344 nullif = 0;
5345 }
5346 *s = *s + 1;
5347 }
5348
5349 return nullif;
5350}
5351
5352/* Parse a non-negated compare/subtract completer returning the
5353 number (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5354
5355static int
5356pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (s)
5357 char **s;
5358{
5359 int cmpltr;
5360 char *name = *s + 1;
5361 char c;
5362 char *save_s = *s;
5363 int nullify = 0;
5364
5365 cmpltr = 0;
5366 if (**s == ',')
5367 {
5368 *s += 1;
5369 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5370 *s += 1;
5371 c = **s;
5372 **s = 0x00;
5373
5374 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5375 {
5376 cmpltr = 1;
5377 }
5378 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5379 {
5380 cmpltr = 2;
5381 }
5382 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5383 {
5384 cmpltr = 3;
5385 }
5386 else if (strcmp (name, "<<") == 0)
5387 {
5388 cmpltr = 4;
5389 }
5390 else if (strcmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
5391 {
5392 cmpltr = 5;
5393 }
5394 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
5395 {
5396 cmpltr = 6;
5397 }
5398 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
5399 {
5400 cmpltr = 7;
5401 }
5402 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5403 completer. */
5404 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5405 {
5406 cmpltr = 0;
5407 nullify = 1;
5408 }
5409 else
5410 {
5411 cmpltr = -1;
5412 }
5413 **s = c;
5414 }
5415
5416 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5417 if (nullify)
5418 *s = save_s;
5419
5420 return cmpltr;
5421}
5422
5423/* Parse a negated compare/subtract completer returning the
5424 number (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5425
5426static int
5427pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (s)
5428 char **s;
5429{
5430 int cmpltr;
5431 char *name = *s + 1;
5432 char c;
5433 char *save_s = *s;
5434 int nullify = 0;
5435
5436 cmpltr = 0;
5437 if (**s == ',')
5438 {
5439 *s += 1;
5440 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5441 *s += 1;
5442 c = **s;
5443 **s = 0x00;
5444
5445 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5446 {
5447 cmpltr = 0;
5448 }
5449 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5450 {
5451 cmpltr = 1;
5452 }
5453 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5454 {
5455 cmpltr = 2;
5456 }
5457 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5458 {
5459 cmpltr = 3;
5460 }
5461 else if (strcmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
5462 {
5463 cmpltr = 4;
5464 }
5465 else if (strcmp (name, ">>") == 0)
5466 {
5467 cmpltr = 5;
5468 }
5469 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
5470 {
5471 cmpltr = 6;
5472 }
5473 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
5474 {
5475 cmpltr = 7;
5476 }
5477 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5478 completer. */
5479 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5480 {
5481 cmpltr = 0;
5482 nullify = 1;
5483 }
5484 else
5485 {
5486 cmpltr = -1;
5487 }
5488 **s = c;
5489 }
5490
5491 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5492 if (nullify)
5493 *s = save_s;
5494
5495 return cmpltr;
5496}
5497
5498/* Parse a 64 bit compare and branch completer returning the number (for
5499 encoding in instrutions) of the given completer.
5500
5501 Nonnegated comparisons are returned as 0-7, negated comparisons are
5502 returned as 8-15. */
5503
5504static int
5505pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (s)
5506 char **s;
5507{
5508 int cmpltr;
5509 char *name = *s + 1;
5510 char c;
5511
5512 cmpltr = -1;
5513 if (**s == ',')
5514 {
5515 *s += 1;
5516 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5517 *s += 1;
5518 c = **s;
5519 **s = 0x00;
5520
5521 if (strcmp (name, "*") == 0)
5522 {
5523 cmpltr = 0;
5524 }
5525 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5526 {
5527 cmpltr = 1;
5528 }
5529 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5530 {
5531 cmpltr = 2;
5532 }
5533 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5534 {
5535 cmpltr = 3;
5536 }
5537 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
5538 {
5539 cmpltr = 4;
5540 }
5541 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<=") == 0)
5542 {
5543 cmpltr = 5;
5544 }
5545 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*sv") == 0)
5546 {
5547 cmpltr = 6;
5548 }
5549 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*od") == 0)
5550 {
5551 cmpltr = 7;
5552 }
5553 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*tr") == 0)
5554 {
5555 cmpltr = 8;
5556 }
5557 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5558 {
5559 cmpltr = 9;
5560 }
5561 else if (strcmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5562 {
5563 cmpltr = 10;
5564 }
5565 else if (strcmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5566 {
5567 cmpltr = 11;
5568 }
5569 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
5570 {
5571 cmpltr = 12;
5572 }
5573 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>") == 0)
5574 {
5575 cmpltr = 13;
5576 }
5577 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*nsv") == 0)
5578 {
5579 cmpltr = 14;
5580 }
5581 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*ev") == 0)
5582 {
5583 cmpltr = 15;
5584 }
5585 else
5586 {
5587 cmpltr = -1;
5588 }
5589 **s = c;
5590 }
5591
5592 return cmpltr;
5593}
5594
5595/* Parse a 64 bit compare immediate and branch completer returning the number
5596 (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5597
5598static int
5599pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (s)
5600 char **s;
5601{
5602 int cmpltr;
5603 char *name = *s + 1;
5604 char c;
5605
5606 cmpltr = -1;
5607 if (**s == ',')
5608 {
5609 *s += 1;
5610 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5611 *s += 1;
5612 c = **s;
5613 **s = 0x00;
5614
5615 if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
5616 {
5617 cmpltr = 0;
5618 }
5619 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5620 {
5621 cmpltr = 1;
5622 }
5623 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5624 {
5625 cmpltr = 2;
5626 }
5627 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5628 {
5629 cmpltr = 3;
5630 }
5631 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
5632 {
5633 cmpltr = 4;
5634 }
5635 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5636 {
5637 cmpltr = 5;
5638 }
5639 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5640 {
5641 cmpltr = 6;
5642 }
5643 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5644 {
5645 cmpltr = 7;
5646 }
5647 else
5648 {
5649 cmpltr = -1;
5650 }
5651 **s = c;
5652 }
5653
5654 return cmpltr;
5655}
5656
5657/* Parse a non-negated addition completer returning the number
5658 (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5659
5660static int
5661pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (s)
5662 char **s;
5663{
5664 int cmpltr;
5665 char *name = *s + 1;
5666 char c;
5667 char *save_s = *s;
5668 int nullify = 0;
5669
5670 cmpltr = 0;
5671 if (**s == ',')
5672 {
5673 *s += 1;
5674 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5675 *s += 1;
5676 c = **s;
5677 **s = 0x00;
5678 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5679 {
5680 cmpltr = 1;
5681 }
5682 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5683 {
5684 cmpltr = 2;
5685 }
5686 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5687 {
5688 cmpltr = 3;
5689 }
5690 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
5691 {
5692 cmpltr = 4;
5693 }
5694 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
5695 {
5696 cmpltr = 5;
5697 }
5698 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
5699 {
5700 cmpltr = 6;
5701 }
5702 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
5703 {
5704 cmpltr = 7;
5705 }
5706 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5707 completer. */
5708 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5709 {
5710 cmpltr = 0;
5711 nullify = 1;
5712 }
5713 else
5714 {
5715 cmpltr = -1;
5716 }
5717 **s = c;
5718 }
5719
5720 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5721 if (nullify)
5722 *s = save_s;
5723
5724 return cmpltr;
5725}
5726
5727/* Parse a negated addition completer returning the number
5728 (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5729
5730static int
5731pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (s)
5732 char **s;
5733{
5734 int cmpltr;
5735 char *name = *s + 1;
5736 char c;
5737 char *save_s = *s;
5738 int nullify = 0;
5739
5740 cmpltr = 0;
5741 if (**s == ',')
5742 {
5743 *s += 1;
5744 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5745 *s += 1;
5746 c = **s;
5747 **s = 0x00;
5748 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5749 {
5750 cmpltr = 0;
5751 }
5752 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5753 {
5754 cmpltr = 1;
5755 }
5756 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5757 {
5758 cmpltr = 2;
5759 }
5760 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5761 {
5762 cmpltr = 3;
5763 }
5764 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
5765 {
5766 cmpltr = 4;
5767 }
5768 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
5769 {
5770 cmpltr = 5;
5771 }
5772 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
5773 {
5774 cmpltr = 6;
5775 }
5776 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
5777 {
5778 cmpltr = 7;
5779 }
5780 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5781 completer. */
5782 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5783 {
5784 cmpltr = 0;
5785 nullify = 1;
5786 }
5787 else
5788 {
5789 cmpltr = -1;
5790 }
5791 **s = c;
5792 }
5793
5794 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5795 if (nullify)
5796 *s = save_s;
5797
5798 return cmpltr;
5799}
5800
5801/* Parse a 64 bit wide mode add and branch completer returning the number (for
5802 encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5803
5804static int
5805pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (s)
5806 char **s;
5807{
5808 int cmpltr;
5809 char *name = *s + 1;
5810 char c;
5811 char *save_s = *s;
5812 int nullify = 0;
5813
5814 cmpltr = 0;
5815 if (**s == ',')
5816 {
5817 *s += 1;
5818 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5819 *s += 1;
5820 c = **s;
5821 **s = 0x00;
5822 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5823 {
5824 cmpltr = 1;
5825 }
5826 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5827 {
5828 cmpltr = 2;
5829 }
5830 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5831 {
5832 cmpltr = 3;
5833 }
5834 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
5835 {
5836 cmpltr = 4;
5837 }
5838 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5839 {
5840 cmpltr = 5;
5841 }
5842 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5843 {
5844 cmpltr = 6;
5845 }
5846 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5847 {
5848 cmpltr = 7;
5849 }
5850 else if (strcmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5851 {
5852 cmpltr = 8;
5853 }
5854 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5855 {
5856 cmpltr = 9;
5857 }
5858 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5859 {
5860 cmpltr = 10;
5861 }
5862 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5863 {
5864 cmpltr = 11;
5865 }
5866 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
5867 {
5868 cmpltr = 12;
5869 }
5870 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5871 {
5872 cmpltr = 13;
5873 }
5874 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5875 {
5876 cmpltr = 14;
5877 }
5878 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5879 {
5880 cmpltr = 15;
5881 }
5882 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5883 completer. */
5884 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5885 {
5886 cmpltr = 0;
5887 nullify = 1;
5888 }
5889 else
5890 {
5891 cmpltr = -1;
5892 }
5893 **s = c;
5894 }
5895
5896 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5897 if (nullify)
5898 *s = save_s;
5899
5900 return cmpltr;
5901}
5902
5903#ifdef OBJ_SOM
5904/* Handle an alignment directive. Special so that we can update the
5905 alignment of the subspace if necessary. */
5906static void
5907pa_align (bytes)
5908 int bytes;
5909{
5910 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5911 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5912
5913 /* Let the generic gas code do most of the work. */
5914 s_align_bytes (bytes);
5915
5916 /* If bytes is a power of 2, then update the current subspace's
5917 alignment if necessary. */
5918 if (log2 (bytes) != -1)
5919 record_alignment (current_subspace->ssd_seg, log2 (bytes));
5920}
5921#endif
5922
5923/* Handle a .BLOCK type pseudo-op. */
5924
5925static void
5926pa_block (z)
5927 int z ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5928{
5929 char *p;
5930 long int temp_fill;
5931 unsigned int temp_size;
5932 unsigned int i;
5933
5934#ifdef OBJ_SOM
5935 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5936 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5937#endif
5938
5939 temp_size = get_absolute_expression ();
5940
5941 /* Always fill with zeros, that's what the HP assembler does. */
5942 temp_fill = 0;
5943
5944 p = frag_var (rs_fill, (int) temp_size, (int) temp_size,
5945 (relax_substateT) 0, (symbolS *) 0, (offsetT) 1, NULL);
5946 memset (p, 0, temp_size);
5947
5948 /* Convert 2 bytes at a time. */
5949
5950 for (i = 0; i < temp_size; i += 2)
5951 {
5952 md_number_to_chars (p + i,
5953 (valueT) temp_fill,
5954 (int) ((temp_size - i) > 2 ? 2 : (temp_size - i)));
5955 }
5956
5957 pa_undefine_label ();
5958 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5959}
5960
5961/* Handle a .begin_brtab and .end_brtab pseudo-op. */
5962
5963static void
5964pa_brtab (begin)
5965 int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5966{
5967
5968#ifdef OBJ_SOM
5969 /* The BRTAB relocations are only availble in SOM (to denote
5970 the beginning and end of branch tables). */
5971 char *where = frag_more (0);
5972
5973 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5974 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
5975 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB : R_HPPA_END_BRTAB,
5976 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
5977#endif
5978
5979 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5980}
5981
5982/* Handle a .begin_try and .end_try pseudo-op. */
5983
5984static void
5985pa_try (begin)
5986 int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5987{
5988#ifdef OBJ_SOM
5989 expressionS exp;
5990 char *where = frag_more (0);
5991
5992 if (! begin)
5993 expression (&exp);
5994
5995 /* The TRY relocations are only availble in SOM (to denote
5996 the beginning and end of exception handling regions). */
5997
5998 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5999 NULL, (offsetT) 0, begin ? NULL : &exp,
6000 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY : R_HPPA_END_TRY,
6001 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
6002#endif
6003
6004 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6005}
6006
6007/* Handle a .CALL pseudo-op. This involves storing away information
6008 about where arguments are to be found so the linker can detect
6009 (and correct) argument location mismatches between caller and callee. */
6010
6011static void
6012pa_call (unused)
6013 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6014{
6015#ifdef OBJ_SOM
6016 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6017 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6018#endif
6019
6020 pa_call_args (&last_call_desc);
6021 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6022}
6023
6024/* Do the dirty work of building a call descriptor which describes
6025 where the caller placed arguments to a function call. */
6026
6027static void
6028pa_call_args (call_desc)
6029 struct call_desc *call_desc;
6030{
6031 char *name, c, *p;
6032 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
6033
6034 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6035 {
6036 name = input_line_pointer;
6037 c = get_symbol_end ();
6038 /* Process a source argument. */
6039 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
6040 {
6041 temp = atoi (name + 4);
6042 p = input_line_pointer;
6043 *p = c;
6044 input_line_pointer++;
6045 name = input_line_pointer;
6046 c = get_symbol_end ();
6047 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6048 call_desc->arg_reloc |= pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, arg_reloc);
6049 }
6050 /* Process a return value. */
6051 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6) == 0))
6052 {
6053 p = input_line_pointer;
6054 *p = c;
6055 input_line_pointer++;
6056 name = input_line_pointer;
6057 c = get_symbol_end ();
6058 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6059 call_desc->arg_reloc |= (arg_reloc & 0x3);
6060 }
6061 else
6062 {
6063 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALL argument: %s"), name);
6064 }
6065 p = input_line_pointer;
6066 *p = c;
6067 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6068 input_line_pointer++;
6069 }
6070}
6071
6072/* Return TRUE if FRAG1 and FRAG2 are the same. */
6073
6074static int
6075is_same_frag (frag1, frag2)
6076 fragS *frag1;
6077 fragS *frag2;
6078{
6079
6080 if (frag1 == NULL)
6081 return (FALSE);
6082 else if (frag2 == NULL)
6083 return (FALSE);
6084 else if (frag1 == frag2)
6085 return (TRUE);
6086 else if (frag2->fr_type == rs_fill && frag2->fr_fix == 0)
6087 return (is_same_frag (frag1, frag2->fr_next));
6088 else
6089 return (FALSE);
6090}
6091
6092#ifdef OBJ_ELF
6093/* Build an entry in the UNWIND subspace from the given function
6094 attributes in CALL_INFO. This is not needed for SOM as using
6095 R_ENTRY and R_EXIT relocations allow the linker to handle building
6096 of the unwind spaces. */
6097
6098static void
6099pa_build_unwind_subspace (call_info)
6100 struct call_info *call_info;
6101{
6102 asection *seg, *save_seg;
6103 subsegT save_subseg;
6104 unsigned int unwind;
6105 int reloc;
6106 char *p;
6107
6108 if ((bfd_get_section_flags (stdoutput, now_seg)
6109 & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
6110 != (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
6111 return;
6112
6113 reloc = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
6114 save_seg = now_seg;
6115 save_subseg = now_subseg;
6116 /* Get into the right seg/subseg. This may involve creating
6117 the seg the first time through. Make sure to have the
6118 old seg/subseg so that we can reset things when we are done. */
6119 seg = bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME);
6120 if (seg == ASEC_NULL)
6121 {
6122 seg = subseg_new (UNWIND_SECTION_NAME, 0);
6123 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, seg,
6124 SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
6125 | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_DATA);
6126 bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, seg, 2);
6127 }
6128
6129 subseg_set (seg, 0);
6130
6131 /* Get some space to hold relocation information for the unwind
6132 descriptor. */
6133 p = frag_more (16);
6134
6135 /* Relocation info. for start offset of the function. */
6136 md_number_to_chars (p, 0, 4);
6137 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6138 call_info->start_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
6139 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6140 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
6141
6142 /* Relocation info. for end offset of the function.
6143
6144 Because we allow reductions of 32bit relocations for ELF, this will be
6145 reduced to section_sym + offset which avoids putting the temporary
6146 symbol into the symbol table. It (should) end up giving the same
6147 value as call_info->start_symbol + function size once the linker is
6148 finished with its work. */
6149 md_number_to_chars (p + 4, 0, 4);
6150 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p + 4 - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6151 call_info->end_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
6152 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6153 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
6154
6155 /* Dump the descriptor. */
6156 unwind = UNWIND_LOW32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6157 md_number_to_chars (p + 8, unwind, 4);
6158
6159 unwind = UNWIND_HIGH32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6160 md_number_to_chars (p + 12, unwind, 4);
6161
6162 /* Return back to the original segment/subsegment. */
6163 subseg_set (save_seg, save_subseg);
6164}
6165#endif
6166
6167/* Process a .CALLINFO pseudo-op. This information is used later
6168 to build unwind descriptors and maybe one day to support
6169 .ENTER and .LEAVE. */
6170
6171static void
6172pa_callinfo (unused)
6173 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6174{
6175 char *name, c, *p;
6176 int temp;
6177
6178#ifdef OBJ_SOM
6179 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6180 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6181#endif
6182
6183 /* .CALLINFO must appear within a procedure definition. */
6184 if (!within_procedure)
6185 as_bad (_(".callinfo is not within a procedure definition"));
6186
6187 /* Mark the fact that we found the .CALLINFO for the
6188 current procedure. */
6189 callinfo_found = TRUE;
6190
6191 /* Iterate over the .CALLINFO arguments. */
6192 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6193 {
6194 name = input_line_pointer;
6195 c = get_symbol_end ();
6196 /* Frame size specification. */
6197 if ((strncasecmp (name, "frame", 5) == 0))
6198 {
6199 p = input_line_pointer;
6200 *p = c;
6201 input_line_pointer++;
6202 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6203 if ((temp & 0x3) != 0)
6204 {
6205 as_bad (_("FRAME parameter must be a multiple of 8: %d\n"), temp);
6206 temp = 0;
6207 }
6208
6209 /* callinfo is in bytes and unwind_desc is in 8 byte units. */
6210 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.frame_size = temp / 8;
6211
6212 }
6213 /* Entry register (GR, GR and SR) specifications. */
6214 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_gr", 8) == 0))
6215 {
6216 p = input_line_pointer;
6217 *p = c;
6218 input_line_pointer++;
6219 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6220 /* The HP assembler accepts 19 as the high bound for ENTRY_GR
6221 even though %r19 is caller saved. I think this is a bug in
6222 the HP assembler, and we are not going to emulate it. */
6223 if (temp < 3 || temp > 18)
6224 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_GR must be in the range 3..18\n"));
6225 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_gr = temp - 2;
6226 }
6227 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_fr", 8) == 0))
6228 {
6229 p = input_line_pointer;
6230 *p = c;
6231 input_line_pointer++;
6232 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6233 /* Similarly the HP assembler takes 31 as the high bound even
6234 though %fr21 is the last callee saved floating point register. */
6235 if (temp < 12 || temp > 21)
6236 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_FR must be in the range 12..21\n"));
6237 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_fr = temp - 11;
6238 }
6239 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_sr", 8) == 0))
6240 {
6241 p = input_line_pointer;
6242 *p = c;
6243 input_line_pointer++;
6244 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6245 if (temp != 3)
6246 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_SR must be 3\n"));
6247 }
6248 /* Note whether or not this function performs any calls. */
6249 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "calls", 5) == 0) ||
6250 (strncasecmp (name, "caller", 6) == 0))
6251 {
6252 p = input_line_pointer;
6253 *p = c;
6254 }
6255 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_calls", 8) == 0))
6256 {
6257 p = input_line_pointer;
6258 *p = c;
6259 }
6260 /* Should RP be saved into the stack. */
6261 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_rp", 7) == 0))
6262 {
6263 p = input_line_pointer;
6264 *p = c;
6265 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_rp = 1;
6266 }
6267 /* Likewise for SP. */
6268 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_sp", 7) == 0))
6269 {
6270 p = input_line_pointer;
6271 *p = c;
6272 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_sp = 1;
6273 }
6274 /* Is this an unwindable procedure. If so mark it so
6275 in the unwind descriptor. */
6276 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_unwind", 9) == 0))
6277 {
6278 p = input_line_pointer;
6279 *p = c;
6280 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 1;
6281 }
6282 /* Is this an interrupt routine. If so mark it in the
6283 unwind descriptor. */
6284 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "hpux_int", 7) == 0))
6285 {
6286 p = input_line_pointer;
6287 *p = c;
6288 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 1;
6289 }
6290 /* Is this a millicode routine. "millicode" isn't in my
6291 assembler manual, but my copy is old. The HP assembler
6292 accepts it, and there's a place in the unwind descriptor
6293 to drop the information, so we'll accept it too. */
6294 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "millicode", 9) == 0))
6295 {
6296 p = input_line_pointer;
6297 *p = c;
6298 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.millicode = 1;
6299 }
6300 else
6301 {
6302 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALLINFO argument: %s"), name);
6303 *input_line_pointer = c;
6304 }
6305 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6306 input_line_pointer++;
6307 }
6308
6309 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6310}
6311
6312#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
6313/* Switch to the text space. Like s_text, but delete our
6314 label when finished. */
6315static void
6316pa_text (unused)
6317 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6318{
6319#ifdef OBJ_SOM
6320 current_space = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
6321 current_subspace
6322 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6323#endif
6324
6325 s_text (0);
6326 pa_undefine_label ();
6327}
6328
6329/* Switch to the data space. As usual delete our label. */
6330static void
6331pa_data (unused)
6332 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6333{
6334#ifdef OBJ_SOM
6335 current_space = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
6336 current_subspace
6337 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6338#endif
6339 s_data (0);
6340 pa_undefine_label ();
6341}
6342
6343/* This is different than the standard GAS s_comm(). On HP9000/800 machines,
6344 the .comm pseudo-op has the following symtax:
6345
6346 <label> .comm <length>
6347
6348 where <label> is optional and is a symbol whose address will be the start of
6349 a block of memory <length> bytes long. <length> must be an absolute
6350 expression. <length> bytes will be allocated in the current space
6351 and subspace.
6352
6353 Also note the label may not even be on the same line as the .comm.
6354
6355 This difference in syntax means the colon function will be called
6356 on the symbol before we arrive in pa_comm. colon will set a number
6357 of attributes of the symbol that need to be fixed here. In particular
6358 the value, section pointer, fragment pointer, flags, etc. What
6359 a pain.
6360
6361 This also makes error detection all but impossible. */
6362
6363static void
6364pa_comm (unused)
6365 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6366{
6367 unsigned int size;
6368 symbolS *symbol;
6369 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6370
6371 if (label_symbol)
6372 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6373 else
6374 symbol = NULL;
6375
6376 SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
6377 size = get_absolute_expression ();
6378
6379 if (symbol)
6380 {
6381 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, size);
6382 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr);
6383 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6384
6385 /* colon() has already set the frag to the current location in the
6386 current subspace; we need to reset the fragment to the zero address
6387 fragment. We also need to reset the segment pointer. */
6388 symbol_set_frag (symbol, &zero_address_frag);
6389 }
6390 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6391}
6392#endif /* !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX)) */
6393
6394/* Process a .END pseudo-op. */
6395
6396static void
6397pa_end (unused)
6398 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6399{
6400 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6401}
6402
6403/* Process a .ENTER pseudo-op. This is not supported. */
6404static void
6405pa_enter (unused)
6406 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6407{
6408#ifdef OBJ_SOM
6409 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6410 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6411#endif
6412
6413 as_bad (_("The .ENTER pseudo-op is not supported"));
6414 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6415}
6416
6417/* Process a .ENTRY pseudo-op. .ENTRY marks the beginning of the
6418 procesure. */
6419static void
6420pa_entry (unused)
6421 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6422{
6423#ifdef OBJ_SOM
6424 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6425 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6426#endif
6427
6428 if (!within_procedure)
6429 as_bad (_("Misplaced .entry. Ignored."));
6430 else
6431 {
6432 if (!callinfo_found)
6433 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo."));
6434 }
6435 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6436 within_entry_exit = TRUE;
6437
6438#ifdef OBJ_SOM
6439 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6440 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6441 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6442 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6443
6444 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6445 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6446 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6447 denote the entry and exit points. */
6448 if (last_call_info->start_symbol != NULL)
6449 {
6450 char *where;
6451 unsigned int u;
6452
6453 where = frag_more (0);
6454 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6455 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6456 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
6457 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
6458 }
6459#endif
6460}
6461
6462/* Silly nonsense for pa_equ. The only half-sensible use for this is
6463 being able to subtract two register symbols that specify a range of
6464 registers, to get the size of the range. */
6465static int fudge_reg_expressions;
6466
6467int
6468hppa_force_reg_syms_absolute (resultP, op, rightP)
6469 expressionS *resultP;
6470 operatorT op ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6471 expressionS *rightP;
6472{
6473 if (fudge_reg_expressions
6474 && rightP->X_op == O_register
6475 && resultP->X_op == O_register)
6476 {
6477 rightP->X_op = O_constant;
6478 resultP->X_op = O_constant;
6479 }
6480 return 0; /* Continue normal expr handling. */
6481}
6482
6483/* Handle a .EQU pseudo-op. */
6484
6485static void
6486pa_equ (reg)
6487 int reg;
6488{
6489 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6490 symbolS *symbol;
6491
6492 if (label_symbol)
6493 {
6494 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6495 if (reg)
6496 {
6497 strict = 1;
6498 if (!pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0))
6499 as_bad (_(".REG expression must be a register"));
6500 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, pa_number);
6501 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, reg_section);
6502 }
6503 else
6504 {
6505 expressionS exp;
6506 segT seg;
6507
6508 fudge_reg_expressions = 1;
6509 seg = expression (&exp);
6510 fudge_reg_expressions = 0;
6511 if (exp.X_op != O_constant
6512 && exp.X_op != O_register)
6513 {
6514 if (exp.X_op != O_absent)
6515 as_bad (_("bad or irreducible absolute expression; zero assumed"));
6516 exp.X_add_number = 0;
6517 seg = absolute_section;
6518 }
6519 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, (unsigned int) exp.X_add_number);
6520 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, seg);
6521 }
6522 }
6523 else
6524 {
6525 if (reg)
6526 as_bad (_(".REG must use a label"));
6527 else
6528 as_bad (_(".EQU must use a label"));
6529 }
6530
6531 pa_undefine_label ();
6532 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6533}
6534
6535/* Helper function. Does processing for the end of a function. This
6536 usually involves creating some relocations or building special
6537 symbols to mark the end of the function. */
6538
6539static void
6540process_exit ()
6541{
6542 char *where;
6543
6544 where = frag_more (0);
6545
6546#ifdef OBJ_ELF
6547 /* Mark the end of the function, stuff away the location of the frag
6548 for the end of the function, and finally call pa_build_unwind_subspace
6549 to add an entry in the unwind table. */
6550 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
6551 pa_build_unwind_subspace (last_call_info);
6552#else
6553 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6554 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6555 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6556 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6557
6558 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6559 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6560 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6561 denote the entry and exit points. */
6562 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6563 NULL, (offsetT) 0,
6564 NULL, 0, R_HPPA_EXIT, e_fsel, 0, 0,
6565 UNWIND_HIGH32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor));
6566#endif
6567}
6568
6569/* Process a .EXIT pseudo-op. */
6570
6571static void
6572pa_exit (unused)
6573 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6574{
6575#ifdef OBJ_SOM
6576 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6577 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6578#endif
6579
6580 if (!within_procedure)
6581 as_bad (_(".EXIT must appear within a procedure"));
6582 else
6583 {
6584 if (!callinfo_found)
6585 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo"));
6586 else
6587 {
6588 if (!within_entry_exit)
6589 as_bad (_("No .ENTRY for this .EXIT"));
6590 else
6591 {
6592 within_entry_exit = FALSE;
6593 process_exit ();
6594 }
6595 }
6596 }
6597 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6598}
6599
6600/* Process a .EXPORT directive. This makes functions external
6601 and provides information such as argument relocation entries
6602 to callers. */
6603
6604static void
6605pa_export (unused)
6606 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6607{
6608 char *name, c, *p;
6609 symbolS *symbol;
6610
6611 name = input_line_pointer;
6612 c = get_symbol_end ();
6613 /* Make sure the given symbol exists. */
6614 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6615 {
6616 as_bad (_("Cannot define export symbol: %s\n"), name);
6617 p = input_line_pointer;
6618 *p = c;
6619 input_line_pointer++;
6620 }
6621 else
6622 {
6623 /* OK. Set the external bits and process argument relocations.
6624 For the HP, weak and global are not mutually exclusive.
6625 S_SET_EXTERNAL will not set BSF_GLOBAL if WEAK is set.
6626 Call S_SET_EXTERNAL to get the other processing. Manually
6627 set BSF_GLOBAL when we get back. */
6628 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6629 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
6630 p = input_line_pointer;
6631 *p = c;
6632 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6633 {
6634 input_line_pointer++;
6635 pa_type_args (symbol, 1);
6636 }
6637 }
6638
6639 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6640}
6641
6642/* Helper function to process arguments to a .EXPORT pseudo-op. */
6643
6644static void
6645pa_type_args (symbolP, is_export)
6646 symbolS *symbolP;
6647 int is_export;
6648{
6649 char *name, c, *p;
6650 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
6651 pa_symbol_type type = SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN;
6652 asymbol *bfdsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP);
6653
6654 if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "absolute", 8) == 0)
6655
6656 {
6657 input_line_pointer += 8;
6658 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6659 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bfd_abs_section_ptr);
6660 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE;
6661 }
6662 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "code", 4) == 0)
6663 {
6664 input_line_pointer += 4;
6665 /* IMPORTing/EXPORTing CODE types for functions is meaningless for SOM,
6666 instead one should be IMPORTing/EXPORTing ENTRY types.
6667
6668 Complain if one tries to EXPORT a CODE type since that's never
6669 done. Both GCC and HP C still try to IMPORT CODE types, so
6670 silently fix them to be ENTRY types. */
6671 if (S_IS_FUNCTION (symbolP))
6672 {
6673 if (is_export)
6674 as_tsktsk (_("Using ENTRY rather than CODE in export directive for %s"),
6675 S_GET_NAME (symbolP));
6676
6677 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6678 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6679 }
6680 else
6681 {
6682 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6683 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE;
6684 }
6685 }
6686 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "data", 4) == 0)
6687 {
6688 input_line_pointer += 4;
6689 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6690 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
6691 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA;
6692 }
6693 else if ((strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "entry", 5) == 0))
6694 {
6695 input_line_pointer += 5;
6696 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6697 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6698 }
6699 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "millicode", 9) == 0)
6700 {
6701 input_line_pointer += 9;
6702 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6703#ifdef OBJ_ELF
6704 {
6705 elf_symbol_type *elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfdsym;
6706 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info =
6707 ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info),
6708 STT_PARISC_MILLI);
6709 }
6710#endif
6711 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE;
6712 }
6713 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "plabel", 6) == 0)
6714 {
6715 input_line_pointer += 6;
6716 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6717 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL;
6718 }
6719 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "pri_prog", 8) == 0)
6720 {
6721 input_line_pointer += 8;
6722 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6723 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG;
6724 }
6725 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "sec_prog", 8) == 0)
6726 {
6727 input_line_pointer += 8;
6728 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6729 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG;
6730 }
6731
6732 /* SOM requires much more information about symbol types
6733 than BFD understands. This is how we get this information
6734 to the SOM BFD backend. */
6735#ifdef obj_set_symbol_type
6736 obj_set_symbol_type (bfdsym, (int) type);
6737#endif
6738
6739 /* Now that the type of the exported symbol has been handled,
6740 handle any argument relocation information. */
6741 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6742 {
6743 if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
6744 input_line_pointer++;
6745 name = input_line_pointer;
6746 c = get_symbol_end ();
6747 /* Argument sources. */
6748 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
6749 {
6750 p = input_line_pointer;
6751 *p = c;
6752 input_line_pointer++;
6753 temp = atoi (name + 4);
6754 name = input_line_pointer;
6755 c = get_symbol_end ();
6756 arg_reloc = pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, pa_build_arg_reloc (name));
6757#if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6758 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6759#endif
6760 *input_line_pointer = c;
6761 }
6762 /* The return value. */
6763 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6)) == 0)
6764 {
6765 p = input_line_pointer;
6766 *p = c;
6767 input_line_pointer++;
6768 name = input_line_pointer;
6769 c = get_symbol_end ();
6770 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6771#if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6772 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6773#endif
6774 *input_line_pointer = c;
6775 }
6776 /* Privelege level. */
6777 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "priv_lev", 8)) == 0)
6778 {
6779 p = input_line_pointer;
6780 *p = c;
6781 input_line_pointer++;
6782 temp = atoi (input_line_pointer);
6783#ifdef OBJ_SOM
6784 ((obj_symbol_type *) bfdsym)->tc_data.ap.hppa_priv_level = temp;
6785#endif
6786 c = get_symbol_end ();
6787 *input_line_pointer = c;
6788 }
6789 else
6790 {
6791 as_bad (_("Undefined .EXPORT/.IMPORT argument (ignored): %s"), name);
6792 p = input_line_pointer;
6793 *p = c;
6794 }
6795 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6796 input_line_pointer++;
6797 }
6798}
6799
6800/* Handle an .IMPORT pseudo-op. Any symbol referenced in a given
6801 assembly file must either be defined in the assembly file, or
6802 explicitly IMPORTED from another. */
6803
6804static void
6805pa_import (unused)
6806 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6807{
6808 char *name, c, *p;
6809 symbolS *symbol;
6810
6811 name = input_line_pointer;
6812 c = get_symbol_end ();
6813
6814 symbol = symbol_find (name);
6815 /* Ugh. We might be importing a symbol defined earlier in the file,
6816 in which case all the code below will really screw things up
6817 (set the wrong segment, symbol flags & type, etc). */
6818 if (symbol == NULL || !S_IS_DEFINED (symbol))
6819 {
6820 symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name);
6821 p = input_line_pointer;
6822 *p = c;
6823
6824 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6825 {
6826 input_line_pointer++;
6827 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6828 }
6829 else
6830 {
6831 /* Sigh. To be compatable with the HP assembler and to help
6832 poorly written assembly code, we assign a type based on
6833 the current segment. Note only BSF_FUNCTION really
6834 matters, we do not need to set the full SYMBOL_TYPE_* info. */
6835 if (now_seg == text_section)
6836 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6837
6838 /* If the section is undefined, then the symbol is undefined
6839 Since this is an import, leave the section undefined. */
6840 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr);
6841 }
6842 }
6843 else
6844 {
6845 /* The symbol was already defined. Just eat everything up to
6846 the end of the current statement. */
6847 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6848 input_line_pointer++;
6849 }
6850
6851 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6852}
6853
6854/* Handle a .LABEL pseudo-op. */
6855
6856static void
6857pa_label (unused)
6858 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6859{
6860 char *name, c, *p;
6861
6862 name = input_line_pointer;
6863 c = get_symbol_end ();
6864
6865 if (strlen (name) > 0)
6866 {
6867 colon (name);
6868 p = input_line_pointer;
6869 *p = c;
6870 }
6871 else
6872 {
6873 as_warn (_("Missing label name on .LABEL"));
6874 }
6875
6876 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6877 {
6878 as_warn (_("extra .LABEL arguments ignored."));
6879 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6880 }
6881 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6882}
6883
6884/* Handle a .LEAVE pseudo-op. This is not supported yet. */
6885
6886static void
6887pa_leave (unused)
6888 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6889{
6890#ifdef OBJ_SOM
6891 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6892 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6893#endif
6894
6895 as_bad (_("The .LEAVE pseudo-op is not supported"));
6896 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6897}
6898
6899/* Handle a .LEVEL pseudo-op. */
6900
6901static void
6902pa_level (unused)
6903 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6904{
6905 char *level;
6906
6907 level = input_line_pointer;
6908 if (strncmp (level, "1.0", 3) == 0)
6909 {
6910 input_line_pointer += 3;
6911 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 10))
6912 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6913 }
6914 else if (strncmp (level, "1.1", 3) == 0)
6915 {
6916 input_line_pointer += 3;
6917 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 11))
6918 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6919 }
6920 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0w", 4) == 0)
6921 {
6922 input_line_pointer += 4;
6923 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 25))
6924 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6925 }
6926 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0", 3) == 0)
6927 {
6928 input_line_pointer += 3;
6929 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 20))
6930 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6931 }
6932 else
6933 {
6934 as_bad (_("Unrecognized .LEVEL argument\n"));
6935 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6936 }
6937 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6938}
6939
6940/* Handle a .ORIGIN pseudo-op. */
6941
6942static void
6943pa_origin (unused)
6944 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6945{
6946#ifdef OBJ_SOM
6947 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6948 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6949#endif
6950
6951 s_org (0);
6952 pa_undefine_label ();
6953}
6954
6955/* Handle a .PARAM pseudo-op. This is much like a .EXPORT, except it
6956 is for static functions. FIXME. Should share more code with .EXPORT. */
6957
6958static void
6959pa_param (unused)
6960 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6961{
6962 char *name, c, *p;
6963 symbolS *symbol;
6964
6965 name = input_line_pointer;
6966 c = get_symbol_end ();
6967
6968 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6969 {
6970 as_bad (_("Cannot define static symbol: %s\n"), name);
6971 p = input_line_pointer;
6972 *p = c;
6973 input_line_pointer++;
6974 }
6975 else
6976 {
6977 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6978 p = input_line_pointer;
6979 *p = c;
6980 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6981 {
6982 input_line_pointer++;
6983 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6984 }
6985 }
6986
6987 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6988}
6989
6990/* Handle a .PROC pseudo-op. It is used to mark the beginning
6991 of a procedure from a syntactical point of view. */
6992
6993static void
6994pa_proc (unused)
6995 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6996{
6997 struct call_info *call_info;
6998
6999#ifdef OBJ_SOM
7000 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
7001 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
7002#endif
7003
7004 if (within_procedure)
7005 as_fatal (_("Nested procedures"));
7006
7007 /* Reset global variables for new procedure. */
7008 callinfo_found = FALSE;
7009 within_procedure = TRUE;
7010
7011 /* Create another call_info structure. */
7012 call_info = (struct call_info *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct call_info));
7013
7014 if (!call_info)
7015 as_fatal (_("Cannot allocate unwind descriptor\n"));
7016
7017 memset (call_info, 0, sizeof (struct call_info));
7018
7019 call_info->ci_next = NULL;
7020
7021 if (call_info_root == NULL)
7022 {
7023 call_info_root = call_info;
7024 last_call_info = call_info;
7025 }
7026 else
7027 {
7028 last_call_info->ci_next = call_info;
7029 last_call_info = call_info;
7030 }
7031
7032 /* set up defaults on call_info structure */
7033
7034 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 0;
7035 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.region_desc = 1;
7036 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 0;
7037
7038 /* If we got a .PROC pseudo-op, we know that the function is defined
7039 locally. Make sure it gets into the symbol table. */
7040 {
7041 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
7042
7043 if (label_symbol)
7044 {
7045 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
7046 {
7047 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
7048 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
7049 }
7050 else
7051 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
7052 }
7053 else
7054 last_call_info->start_symbol = NULL;
7055 }
7056
7057 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7058}
7059
7060/* Process the syntatical end of a procedure. Make sure all the
7061 appropriate pseudo-ops were found within the procedure. */
7062
7063static void
7064pa_procend (unused)
7065 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7066{
7067
7068#ifdef OBJ_SOM
7069 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
7070 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
7071#endif
7072
7073 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
7074 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
7075 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
7076
7077 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
7078 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
7079 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
7080 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
7081 {
7082 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
7083
7084 if (label_symbol)
7085 {
7086 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
7087 {
7088 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
7089 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
7090 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
7091#ifdef OBJ_SOM
7092 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
7093 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
7094 if (within_entry_exit)
7095 {
7096 char *where;
7097 unsigned int u;
7098
7099 where = frag_more (0);
7100 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
7101 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
7102 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
7103 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
7104 }
7105#endif
7106 }
7107 else
7108 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
7109 }
7110 else
7111 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
7112 }
7113
7114 if (!within_procedure)
7115 as_bad (_("misplaced .procend"));
7116
7117 if (!callinfo_found)
7118 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo for this procedure"));
7119
7120 if (within_entry_exit)
7121 as_bad (_("Missing .EXIT for a .ENTRY"));
7122
7123#ifdef OBJ_ELF
7124 /* ELF needs to mark the end of each function so that it can compute
7125 the size of the function (apparently its needed in the symbol table). */
7126 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
7127#endif
7128
7129 within_procedure = FALSE;
7130 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7131 pa_undefine_label ();
7132}
7133
7134#ifdef OBJ_SOM
7135/* If VALUE is an exact power of two between zero and 2^31, then
7136 return log2 (VALUE). Else return -1. */
7137
7138static int
7139log2 (value)
7140 int value;
7141{
7142 int shift = 0;
7143
7144 while ((1 << shift) != value && shift < 32)
7145 shift++;
7146
7147 if (shift >= 32)
7148 return -1;
7149 else
7150 return shift;
7151}
7152
7153/* Check to make sure we have a valid space and subspace. */
7154
7155static void
7156pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ()
7157{
7158 if (current_space == NULL)
7159 as_fatal (_("Not in a space.\n"));
7160
7161 if (current_subspace == NULL)
7162 as_fatal (_("Not in a subspace.\n"));
7163}
7164
7165/* Parse the parameters to a .SPACE directive; if CREATE_FLAG is nonzero,
7166 then create a new space entry to hold the information specified
7167 by the parameters to the .SPACE directive. */
7168
7169static sd_chain_struct *
7170pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, create_flag)
7171 char *space_name;
7172 int create_flag;
7173{
7174 char *name, *ptemp, c;
7175 char loadable, defined, private, sort;
7176 int spnum;
7177 asection *seg = NULL;
7178 sd_chain_struct *space;
7179
7180 /* load default values */
7181 spnum = 0;
7182 sort = 0;
7183 loadable = TRUE;
7184 defined = TRUE;
7185 private = FALSE;
7186 if (strcmp (space_name, "$TEXT$") == 0)
7187 {
7188 seg = pa_def_spaces[0].segment;
7189 defined = pa_def_spaces[0].defined;
7190 private = pa_def_spaces[0].private;
7191 sort = pa_def_spaces[0].sort;
7192 spnum = pa_def_spaces[0].spnum;
7193 }
7194 else if (strcmp (space_name, "$PRIVATE$") == 0)
7195 {
7196 seg = pa_def_spaces[1].segment;
7197 defined = pa_def_spaces[1].defined;
7198 private = pa_def_spaces[1].private;
7199 sort = pa_def_spaces[1].sort;
7200 spnum = pa_def_spaces[1].spnum;
7201 }
7202
7203 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7204 {
7205 print_errors = FALSE;
7206 ptemp = input_line_pointer + 1;
7207 /* First see if the space was specified as a number rather than
7208 as a name. According to the PA assembly manual the rest of
7209 the line should be ignored. */
7210 strict = 0;
7211 pa_parse_number (&ptemp, 0);
7212 if (pa_number >= 0)
7213 {
7214 spnum = pa_number;
7215 input_line_pointer = ptemp;
7216 }
7217 else
7218 {
7219 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7220 {
7221 input_line_pointer++;
7222 name = input_line_pointer;
7223 c = get_symbol_end ();
7224 if ((strncasecmp (name, "spnum", 5) == 0))
7225 {
7226 *input_line_pointer = c;
7227 input_line_pointer++;
7228 spnum = get_absolute_expression ();
7229 }
7230 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7231 {
7232 *input_line_pointer = c;
7233 input_line_pointer++;
7234 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7235 }
7236 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7237 {
7238 *input_line_pointer = c;
7239 loadable = FALSE;
7240 }
7241 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "notdefined", 10) == 0))
7242 {
7243 *input_line_pointer = c;
7244 defined = FALSE;
7245 }
7246 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "private", 7) == 0))
7247 {
7248 *input_line_pointer = c;
7249 private = TRUE;
7250 }
7251 else
7252 {
7253 as_bad (_("Invalid .SPACE argument"));
7254 *input_line_pointer = c;
7255 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7256 input_line_pointer++;
7257 }
7258 }
7259 }
7260 print_errors = TRUE;
7261 }
7262
7263 if (create_flag && seg == NULL)
7264 seg = subseg_new (space_name, 0);
7265
7266 /* If create_flag is nonzero, then create the new space with
7267 the attributes computed above. Else set the values in
7268 an already existing space -- this can only happen for
7269 the first occurence of a built-in space. */
7270 if (create_flag)
7271 space = create_new_space (space_name, spnum, loadable, defined,
7272 private, sort, seg, 1);
7273 else
7274 {
7275 space = is_defined_space (space_name);
7276 SPACE_SPNUM (space) = spnum;
7277 SPACE_DEFINED (space) = defined & 1;
7278 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (space) = 1;
7279 }
7280
7281#ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7282 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7283#endif
7284
7285 return space;
7286}
7287
7288/* Handle a .SPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current space to the
7289 given space, creating the new space if necessary. */
7290
7291static void
7292pa_space (unused)
7293 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7294{
7295 char *name, c, *space_name, *save_s;
7296 sd_chain_struct *sd_chain;
7297
7298 if (within_procedure)
7299 {
7300 as_bad (_("Can\'t change spaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7301 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7302 }
7303 else
7304 {
7305 /* Check for some of the predefined spaces. FIXME: most of the code
7306 below is repeated several times, can we extract the common parts
7307 and place them into a subroutine or something similar? */
7308 /* FIXME Is this (and the next IF stmt) really right?
7309 What if INPUT_LINE_POINTER points to "$TEXT$FOO"? */
7310 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$TEXT$", 6) == 0)
7311 {
7312 input_line_pointer += 6;
7313 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
7314 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7315 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 1);
7316 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7317 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 0);
7318
7319 current_space = sd_chain;
7320 subseg_set (text_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7321 current_subspace
7322 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (text_section,
7323 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7324 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7325 return;
7326 }
7327 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$PRIVATE$", 9) == 0)
7328 {
7329 input_line_pointer += 9;
7330 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
7331 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7332 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 1);
7333 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7334 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 0);
7335
7336 current_space = sd_chain;
7337 subseg_set (data_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7338 current_subspace
7339 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (data_section,
7340 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7341 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7342 return;
7343 }
7344 if (!strncasecmp (input_line_pointer,
7345 GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME,
7346 strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME)))
7347 {
7348 input_line_pointer += strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7349 sd_chain = is_defined_space (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7350 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7351 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 1);
7352 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7353 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 0);
7354
7355 current_space = sd_chain;
7356
7357 {
7358 asection *gdb_section
7359 = bfd_make_section_old_way (stdoutput, GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7360
7361 subseg_set (gdb_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7362 current_subspace
7363 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (gdb_section,
7364 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7365 }
7366 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7367 return;
7368 }
7369
7370 /* It could be a space specified by number. */
7371 print_errors = 0;
7372 save_s = input_line_pointer;
7373 strict = 0;
7374 pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0);
7375 if (pa_number >= 0)
7376 {
7377 if ((sd_chain = pa_find_space_by_number (pa_number)))
7378 {
7379 current_space = sd_chain;
7380
7381 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7382 current_subspace
7383 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7384 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7385 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7386 return;
7387 }
7388 }
7389
7390 /* Not a number, attempt to create a new space. */
7391 print_errors = 1;
7392 input_line_pointer = save_s;
7393 name = input_line_pointer;
7394 c = get_symbol_end ();
7395 space_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7396 strcpy (space_name, name);
7397 *input_line_pointer = c;
7398
7399 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, 1);
7400 current_space = sd_chain;
7401
7402 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7403 current_subspace = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7404 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7405 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7406 }
7407}
7408
7409/* Switch to a new space. (I think). FIXME. */
7410
7411static void
7412pa_spnum (unused)
7413 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7414{
7415 char *name;
7416 char c;
7417 char *p;
7418 sd_chain_struct *space;
7419
7420 name = input_line_pointer;
7421 c = get_symbol_end ();
7422 space = is_defined_space (name);
7423 if (space)
7424 {
7425 p = frag_more (4);
7426 md_number_to_chars (p, SPACE_SPNUM (space), 4);
7427 }
7428 else
7429 as_warn (_("Undefined space: '%s' Assuming space number = 0."), name);
7430
7431 *input_line_pointer = c;
7432 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7433}
7434
7435/* Handle a .SUBSPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current subspace to the
7436 given subspace, creating the new subspace if necessary.
7437
7438 FIXME. Should mirror pa_space more closely, in particular how
7439 they're broken up into subroutines. */
7440
7441static void
7442pa_subspace (create_new)
7443 int create_new;
7444{
7445 char *name, *ss_name, c;
7446 char loadable, code_only, common, dup_common, zero, sort;
7447 int i, access, space_index, alignment, quadrant, applicable, flags;
7448 sd_chain_struct *space;
7449 ssd_chain_struct *ssd;
7450 asection *section;
7451
7452 if (current_space == NULL)
7453 as_fatal (_("Must be in a space before changing or declaring subspaces.\n"));
7454
7455 if (within_procedure)
7456 {
7457 as_bad (_("Can\'t change subspaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7458 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7459 }
7460 else
7461 {
7462 name = input_line_pointer;
7463 c = get_symbol_end ();
7464 ss_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7465 strcpy (ss_name, name);
7466 *input_line_pointer = c;
7467
7468 /* Load default values. */
7469 sort = 0;
7470 access = 0x7f;
7471 loadable = 1;
7472 common = 0;
7473 dup_common = 0;
7474 code_only = 0;
7475 zero = 0;
7476 space_index = ~0;
7477 alignment = 1;
7478 quadrant = 0;
7479
7480 space = current_space;
7481 if (create_new)
7482 ssd = NULL;
7483 else
7484 ssd = is_defined_subspace (ss_name);
7485 /* Allow user to override the builtin attributes of subspaces. But
7486 only allow the attributes to be changed once! */
7487 if (ssd && SUBSPACE_DEFINED (ssd))
7488 {
7489 subseg_set (ssd->ssd_seg, ssd->ssd_subseg);
7490 current_subspace = ssd;
7491 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7492 as_warn (_("Parameters of an existing subspace can\'t be modified"));
7493 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7494 return;
7495 }
7496 else
7497 {
7498 /* A new subspace. Load default values if it matches one of
7499 the builtin subspaces. */
7500 i = 0;
7501 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7502 {
7503 if (strcasecmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, ss_name) == 0)
7504 {
7505 loadable = pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable;
7506 common = pa_def_subspaces[i].common;
7507 dup_common = pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common;
7508 code_only = pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only;
7509 zero = pa_def_subspaces[i].zero;
7510 space_index = pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index;
7511 alignment = pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment;
7512 quadrant = pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant;
7513 access = pa_def_subspaces[i].access;
7514 sort = pa_def_subspaces[i].sort;
7515 break;
7516 }
7517 i++;
7518 }
7519 }
7520
7521 /* We should be working with a new subspace now. Fill in
7522 any information as specified by the user. */
7523 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7524 {
7525 input_line_pointer++;
7526 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7527 {
7528 name = input_line_pointer;
7529 c = get_symbol_end ();
7530 if ((strncasecmp (name, "quad", 4) == 0))
7531 {
7532 *input_line_pointer = c;
7533 input_line_pointer++;
7534 quadrant = get_absolute_expression ();
7535 }
7536 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "align", 5) == 0))
7537 {
7538 *input_line_pointer = c;
7539 input_line_pointer++;
7540 alignment = get_absolute_expression ();
7541 if (log2 (alignment) == -1)
7542 {
7543 as_bad (_("Alignment must be a power of 2"));
7544 alignment = 1;
7545 }
7546 }
7547 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "access", 6) == 0))
7548 {
7549 *input_line_pointer = c;
7550 input_line_pointer++;
7551 access = get_absolute_expression ();
7552 }
7553 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7554 {
7555 *input_line_pointer = c;
7556 input_line_pointer++;
7557 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7558 }
7559 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "code_only", 9) == 0))
7560 {
7561 *input_line_pointer = c;
7562 code_only = 1;
7563 }
7564 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7565 {
7566 *input_line_pointer = c;
7567 loadable = 0;
7568 }
7569 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "common", 6) == 0))
7570 {
7571 *input_line_pointer = c;
7572 common = 1;
7573 }
7574 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "dup_comm", 8) == 0))
7575 {
7576 *input_line_pointer = c;
7577 dup_common = 1;
7578 }
7579 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "zero", 4) == 0))
7580 {
7581 *input_line_pointer = c;
7582 zero = 1;
7583 }
7584 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "first", 5) == 0))
7585 as_bad (_("FIRST not supported as a .SUBSPACE argument"));
7586 else
7587 as_bad (_("Invalid .SUBSPACE argument"));
7588 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7589 input_line_pointer++;
7590 }
7591 }
7592
7593 /* Compute a reasonable set of BFD flags based on the information
7594 in the .subspace directive. */
7595 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7596 flags = 0;
7597 if (loadable)
7598 flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD);
7599 if (code_only)
7600 flags |= SEC_CODE;
7601 if (common || dup_common)
7602 flags |= SEC_IS_COMMON;
7603
7604 flags |= SEC_RELOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7605
7606 /* This is a zero-filled subspace (eg BSS). */
7607 if (zero)
7608 flags &= ~(SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7609
7610 applicable &= flags;
7611
7612 /* If this is an existing subspace, then we want to use the
7613 segment already associated with the subspace.
7614
7615 FIXME NOW! ELF BFD doesn't appear to be ready to deal with
7616 lots of sections. It might be a problem in the PA ELF
7617 code, I do not know yet. For now avoid creating anything
7618 but the "standard" sections for ELF. */
7619 if (create_new)
7620 section = subseg_force_new (ss_name, 0);
7621 else if (ssd)
7622 section = ssd->ssd_seg;
7623 else
7624 section = subseg_new (ss_name, 0);
7625
7626 if (zero)
7627 seg_info (section)->bss = 1;
7628
7629 /* Now set the flags. */
7630 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, section, applicable);
7631
7632 /* Record any alignment request for this section. */
7633 record_alignment (section, log2 (alignment));
7634
7635 /* Set the starting offset for this section. */
7636 bfd_set_section_vma (stdoutput, section,
7637 pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant));
7638
7639 /* Now that all the flags are set, update an existing subspace,
7640 or create a new one. */
7641 if (ssd)
7642
7643 current_subspace = update_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7644 code_only, common, dup_common,
7645 sort, zero, access, space_index,
7646 alignment, quadrant,
7647 section);
7648 else
7649 current_subspace = create_new_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7650 code_only, common,
7651 dup_common, zero, sort,
7652 access, space_index,
7653 alignment, quadrant, section);
7654
7655 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7656 current_subspace->ssd_seg = section;
7657 subseg_set (current_subspace->ssd_seg, current_subspace->ssd_subseg);
7658 }
7659 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (current_subspace) = 1;
7660}
7661
7662/* Create default space and subspace dictionaries. */
7663
7664static void
7665pa_spaces_begin ()
7666{
7667 int i;
7668
7669 space_dict_root = NULL;
7670 space_dict_last = NULL;
7671
7672 i = 0;
7673 while (pa_def_spaces[i].name)
7674 {
7675 char *name;
7676
7677 /* Pick the right name to use for the new section. */
7678 name = pa_def_spaces[i].name;
7679
7680 pa_def_spaces[i].segment = subseg_new (name, 0);
7681 create_new_space (pa_def_spaces[i].name, pa_def_spaces[i].spnum,
7682 pa_def_spaces[i].loadable, pa_def_spaces[i].defined,
7683 pa_def_spaces[i].private, pa_def_spaces[i].sort,
7684 pa_def_spaces[i].segment, 0);
7685 i++;
7686 }
7687
7688 i = 0;
7689 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7690 {
7691 char *name;
7692 int applicable, subsegment;
7693 asection *segment = NULL;
7694 sd_chain_struct *space;
7695
7696 /* Pick the right name for the new section and pick the right
7697 subsegment number. */
7698 name = pa_def_subspaces[i].name;
7699 subsegment = 0;
7700
7701 /* Create the new section. */
7702 segment = subseg_new (name, subsegment);
7703
7704 /* For SOM we want to replace the standard .text, .data, and .bss
7705 sections with our own. We also want to set BFD flags for
7706 all the built-in subspaces. */
7707 if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$CODE$"))
7708 {
7709 text_section = segment;
7710 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7711 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7712 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7713 | SEC_RELOC | SEC_CODE
7714 | SEC_READONLY
7715 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7716 }
7717 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$DATA$"))
7718 {
7719 data_section = segment;
7720 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7721 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7722 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7723 | SEC_RELOC
7724 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7725
7726 }
7727 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$BSS$"))
7728 {
7729 bss_section = segment;
7730 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7731 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7732 applicable & SEC_ALLOC);
7733 }
7734 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$LIT$"))
7735 {
7736 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7737 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7738 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7739 | SEC_RELOC
7740 | SEC_READONLY
7741 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7742 }
7743 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$MILLICODE$"))
7744 {
7745 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7746 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7747 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7748 | SEC_RELOC
7749 | SEC_READONLY
7750 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7751 }
7752 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$UNWIND$"))
7753 {
7754 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7755 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7756 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7757 | SEC_RELOC
7758 | SEC_READONLY
7759 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7760 }
7761
7762 /* Find the space associated with this subspace. */
7763 space = pa_segment_to_space (pa_def_spaces[pa_def_subspaces[i].
7764 def_space_index].segment);
7765 if (space == NULL)
7766 {
7767 as_fatal (_("Internal error: Unable to find containing space for %s."),
7768 pa_def_subspaces[i].name);
7769 }
7770
7771 create_new_subspace (space, name,
7772 pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable,
7773 pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only,
7774 pa_def_subspaces[i].common,
7775 pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common,
7776 pa_def_subspaces[i].zero,
7777 pa_def_subspaces[i].sort,
7778 pa_def_subspaces[i].access,
7779 pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index,
7780 pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment,
7781 pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant,
7782 segment);
7783 i++;
7784 }
7785}
7786
7787/* Create a new space NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7788 by the given parameters. */
7789
7790static sd_chain_struct *
7791create_new_space (name, spnum, loadable, defined, private,
7792 sort, seg, user_defined)
7793 char *name;
7794 int spnum;
7795 int loadable;
7796 int defined;
7797 int private;
7798 int sort;
7799 asection *seg;
7800 int user_defined;
7801{
7802 sd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7803
7804 chain_entry = (sd_chain_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (sd_chain_struct));
7805 if (!chain_entry)
7806 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new space chain entry: %s\n"),
7807 name);
7808
7809 SPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7810 strcpy (SPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7811 SPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = defined;
7812 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (chain_entry) = user_defined;
7813 SPACE_SPNUM (chain_entry) = spnum;
7814
7815 chain_entry->sd_seg = seg;
7816 chain_entry->sd_last_subseg = -1;
7817 chain_entry->sd_subspaces = NULL;
7818 chain_entry->sd_next = NULL;
7819
7820 /* Find spot for the new space based on its sort key. */
7821 if (!space_dict_last)
7822 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7823
7824 if (space_dict_root == NULL)
7825 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7826 else
7827 {
7828 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7829 sd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7830
7831 chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7832 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7833
7834 while (chain_pointer)
7835 {
7836 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7837 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next;
7838 }
7839
7840 /* At this point we've found the correct place to add the new
7841 entry. So add it and update the linked lists as appropriate. */
7842 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7843 {
7844 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7845 prev_chain_pointer->sd_next = chain_entry;
7846 }
7847 else
7848 {
7849 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7850 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7851 }
7852
7853 if (chain_entry->sd_next == NULL)
7854 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7855 }
7856
7857 /* This is here to catch predefined spaces which do not get
7858 modified by the user's input. Another call is found at
7859 the bottom of pa_parse_space_stmt to handle cases where
7860 the user modifies a predefined space. */
7861#ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7862 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7863#endif
7864
7865 return chain_entry;
7866}
7867
7868/* Create a new subspace NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7869 by the given parameters.
7870
7871 Add the new subspace to the subspace dictionary chain in numerical
7872 order as defined by the SORT entries. */
7873
7874static ssd_chain_struct *
7875create_new_subspace (space, name, loadable, code_only, common,
7876 dup_common, is_zero, sort, access, space_index,
7877 alignment, quadrant, seg)
7878 sd_chain_struct *space;
7879 char *name;
7880 int loadable, code_only, common, dup_common, is_zero;
7881 int sort;
7882 int access;
7883 int space_index;
7884 int alignment;
7885 int quadrant;
7886 asection *seg;
7887{
7888 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7889
7890 chain_entry = (ssd_chain_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (ssd_chain_struct));
7891 if (!chain_entry)
7892 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new subspace chain entry: %s\n"), name);
7893
7894 SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7895 strcpy (SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7896
7897 /* Initialize subspace_defined. When we hit a .subspace directive
7898 we'll set it to 1 which "locks-in" the subspace attributes. */
7899 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = 0;
7900
7901 chain_entry->ssd_subseg = 0;
7902 chain_entry->ssd_seg = seg;
7903 chain_entry->ssd_next = NULL;
7904
7905 /* Find spot for the new subspace based on its sort key. */
7906 if (space->sd_subspaces == NULL)
7907 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7908 else
7909 {
7910 ssd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7911 ssd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7912
7913 chain_pointer = space->sd_subspaces;
7914 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7915
7916 while (chain_pointer)
7917 {
7918 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7919 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->ssd_next;
7920 }
7921
7922 /* Now we have somewhere to put the new entry. Insert it and update
7923 the links. */
7924 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7925 {
7926 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7927 prev_chain_pointer->ssd_next = chain_entry;
7928 }
7929 else
7930 {
7931 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7932 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7933 }
7934 }
7935
7936#ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7937 obj_set_subsection_attributes (seg, space->sd_seg, access,
7938 sort, quadrant);
7939#endif
7940
7941 return chain_entry;
7942}
7943
7944/* Update the information for the given subspace based upon the
7945 various arguments. Return the modified subspace chain entry. */
7946
7947static ssd_chain_struct *
7948update_subspace (space, name, loadable, code_only, common, dup_common, sort,
7949 zero, access, space_index, alignment, quadrant, section)
7950 sd_chain_struct *space;
7951 char *name;
7952 int loadable;
7953 int code_only;
7954 int common;
7955 int dup_common;
7956 int zero;
7957 int sort;
7958 int access;
7959 int space_index;
7960 int alignment;
7961 int quadrant;
7962 asection *section;
7963{
7964 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7965
7966 chain_entry = is_defined_subspace (name);
7967
7968#ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7969 obj_set_subsection_attributes (section, space->sd_seg, access,
7970 sort, quadrant);
7971#endif
7972
7973 return chain_entry;
7974}
7975
7976/* Return the space chain entry for the space with the name NAME or
7977 NULL if no such space exists. */
7978
7979static sd_chain_struct *
7980is_defined_space (name)
7981 char *name;
7982{
7983 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7984
7985 for (chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7986 chain_pointer;
7987 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next)
7988 {
7989 if (strcmp (SPACE_NAME (chain_pointer), name) == 0)
7990 return chain_pointer;
7991 }
7992
7993 /* No mapping from segment to space was found. Return NULL. */
7994 return NULL;
7995}
7996
7997/* Find and return the space associated with the given seg. If no mapping
7998 from the given seg to a space is found, then return NULL.
7999
8000 Unlike subspaces, the number of spaces is not expected to grow much,
8001 so a linear exhaustive search is OK here. */
8002
8003static sd_chain_struct *
8004pa_segment_to_space (seg)
8005 asection *seg;
8006{
8007 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8008
8009 /* Walk through each space looking for the correct mapping. */
8010 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8011 space_chain;
8012 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8013 {
8014 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
8015 return space_chain;
8016 }
8017
8018 /* Mapping was not found. Return NULL. */
8019 return NULL;
8020}
8021
8022/* Return the space chain entry for the subspace with the name NAME or
8023 NULL if no such subspace exists.
8024
8025 Uses a linear search through all the spaces and subspaces, this may
8026 not be appropriate if we ever being placing each function in its
8027 own subspace. */
8028
8029static ssd_chain_struct *
8030is_defined_subspace (name)
8031 char *name;
8032{
8033 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8034 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
8035
8036 /* Walk through each space. */
8037 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8038 space_chain;
8039 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8040 {
8041 /* Walk through each subspace looking for a name which matches. */
8042 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
8043 subspace_chain;
8044 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
8045 if (strcmp (SUBSPACE_NAME (subspace_chain), name) == 0)
8046 return subspace_chain;
8047 }
8048
8049 /* Subspace wasn't found. Return NULL. */
8050 return NULL;
8051}
8052
8053/* Find and return the subspace associated with the given seg. If no
8054 mapping from the given seg to a subspace is found, then return NULL.
8055
8056 If we ever put each procedure/function within its own subspace
8057 (to make life easier on the compiler and linker), then this will have
8058 to become more efficient. */
8059
8060static ssd_chain_struct *
8061pa_subsegment_to_subspace (seg, subseg)
8062 asection *seg;
8063 subsegT subseg;
8064{
8065 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8066 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
8067
8068 /* Walk through each space. */
8069 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8070 space_chain;
8071 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8072 {
8073 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
8074 {
8075 /* Walk through each subspace within each space looking for
8076 the correct mapping. */
8077 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
8078 subspace_chain;
8079 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
8080 if (subspace_chain->ssd_subseg == (int) subseg)
8081 return subspace_chain;
8082 }
8083 }
8084
8085 /* No mapping from subsegment to subspace found. Return NULL. */
8086 return NULL;
8087}
8088
8089/* Given a number, try and find a space with the name number.
8090
8091 Return a pointer to a space dictionary chain entry for the space
8092 that was found or NULL on failure. */
8093
8094static sd_chain_struct *
8095pa_find_space_by_number (number)
8096 int number;
8097{
8098 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8099
8100 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8101 space_chain;
8102 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8103 {
8104 if (SPACE_SPNUM (space_chain) == (unsigned int) number)
8105 return space_chain;
8106 }
8107
8108 /* No appropriate space found. Return NULL. */
8109 return NULL;
8110}
8111
8112/* Return the starting address for the given subspace. If the starting
8113 address is unknown then return zero. */
8114
8115static unsigned int
8116pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant)
8117 sd_chain_struct *space;
8118 int quadrant;
8119{
8120 /* FIXME. Assumes everyone puts read/write data at 0x4000000, this
8121 is not correct for the PA OSF1 port. */
8122 if ((strcmp (SPACE_NAME (space), "$PRIVATE$") == 0) && quadrant == 1)
8123 return 0x40000000;
8124 else if (space->sd_seg == data_section && quadrant == 1)
8125 return 0x40000000;
8126 else
8127 return 0;
8128 return 0;
8129}
8130
8131/* FIXME. Needs documentation. */
8132static int
8133pa_next_subseg (space)
8134 sd_chain_struct *space;
8135{
8136
8137 space->sd_last_subseg++;
8138 return space->sd_last_subseg;
8139}
8140#endif
8141
8142/* Helper function for pa_stringer. Used to find the end of
8143 a string. */
8144
8145static unsigned int
8146pa_stringer_aux (s)
8147 char *s;
8148{
8149 unsigned int c = *s & CHAR_MASK;
8150
8151 switch (c)
8152 {
8153 case '\"':
8154 c = NOT_A_CHAR;
8155 break;
8156 default:
8157 break;
8158 }
8159 return c;
8160}
8161
8162/* Handle a .STRING type pseudo-op. */
8163
8164static void
8165pa_stringer (append_zero)
8166 int append_zero;
8167{
8168 char *s, num_buf[4];
8169 unsigned int c;
8170 int i;
8171
8172 /* Preprocess the string to handle PA-specific escape sequences.
8173 For example, \xDD where DD is a hexadecimal number should be
8174 changed to \OOO where OOO is an octal number. */
8175
8176#ifdef OBJ_SOM
8177 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8178 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8179#endif
8180
8181 /* Skip the opening quote. */
8182 s = input_line_pointer + 1;
8183
8184 while (is_a_char (c = pa_stringer_aux (s++)))
8185 {
8186 if (c == '\\')
8187 {
8188 c = *s;
8189 switch (c)
8190 {
8191 /* Handle \x<num>. */
8192 case 'x':
8193 {
8194 unsigned int number;
8195 int num_digit;
8196 char dg;
8197 char *s_start = s;
8198
8199 /* Get past the 'x'. */
8200 s++;
8201 for (num_digit = 0, number = 0, dg = *s;
8202 num_digit < 2
8203 && (ISDIGIT (dg) || (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8204 || (dg >= 'A' && dg <= 'F'));
8205 num_digit++)
8206 {
8207 if (ISDIGIT (dg))
8208 number = number * 16 + dg - '0';
8209 else if (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8210 number = number * 16 + dg - 'a' + 10;
8211 else
8212 number = number * 16 + dg - 'A' + 10;
8213
8214 s++;
8215 dg = *s;
8216 }
8217 if (num_digit > 0)
8218 {
8219 switch (num_digit)
8220 {
8221 case 1:
8222 sprintf (num_buf, "%02o", number);
8223 break;
8224 case 2:
8225 sprintf (num_buf, "%03o", number);
8226 break;
8227 }
8228 for (i = 0; i <= num_digit; i++)
8229 s_start[i] = num_buf[i];
8230 }
8231 break;
8232 }
8233 /* This might be a "\"", skip over the escaped char. */
8234 default:
8235 s++;
8236 break;
8237 }
8238 }
8239 }
8240 stringer (append_zero);
8241 pa_undefine_label ();
8242}
8243
8244/* Handle a .VERSION pseudo-op. */
8245
8246static void
8247pa_version (unused)
8248 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8249{
8250 obj_version (0);
8251 pa_undefine_label ();
8252}
8253
8254#ifdef OBJ_SOM
8255
8256/* Handle a .COMPILER pseudo-op. */
8257
8258static void
8259pa_compiler (unused)
8260 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8261{
8262 obj_som_compiler (0);
8263 pa_undefine_label ();
8264}
8265
8266#endif
8267
8268/* Handle a .COPYRIGHT pseudo-op. */
8269
8270static void
8271pa_copyright (unused)
8272 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8273{
8274 obj_copyright (0);
8275 pa_undefine_label ();
8276}
8277
8278/* Just like a normal cons, but when finished we have to undefine
8279 the latest space label. */
8280
8281static void
8282pa_cons (nbytes)
8283 int nbytes;
8284{
8285 cons (nbytes);
8286 pa_undefine_label ();
8287}
8288
8289/* Like float_cons, but we need to undefine our label. */
8290
8291static void
8292pa_float_cons (float_type)
8293 int float_type;
8294{
8295 float_cons (float_type);
8296 pa_undefine_label ();
8297}
8298
8299/* Like s_fill, but delete our label when finished. */
8300
8301static void
8302pa_fill (unused)
8303 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8304{
8305#ifdef OBJ_SOM
8306 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8307 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8308#endif
8309
8310 s_fill (0);
8311 pa_undefine_label ();
8312}
8313
8314/* Like lcomm, but delete our label when finished. */
8315
8316static void
8317pa_lcomm (needs_align)
8318 int needs_align;
8319{
8320#ifdef OBJ_SOM
8321 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8322 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8323#endif
8324
8325 s_lcomm (needs_align);
8326 pa_undefine_label ();
8327}
8328
8329/* Like lsym, but delete our label when finished. */
8330
8331static void
8332pa_lsym (unused)
8333 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8334{
8335#ifdef OBJ_SOM
8336 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8337 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8338#endif
8339
8340 s_lsym (0);
8341 pa_undefine_label ();
8342}
8343
8344/* On the PA relocations which involve function symbols must not be
8345 adjusted. This so that the linker can know when/how to create argument
8346 relocation stubs for indirect calls and calls to static functions.
8347
8348 "T" field selectors create DLT relative fixups for accessing
8349 globals and statics in PIC code; each DLT relative fixup creates
8350 an entry in the DLT table. The entries contain the address of
8351 the final target (eg accessing "foo" would create a DLT entry
8352 with the address of "foo").
8353
8354 Unfortunately, the HP linker doesn't take into account any addend
8355 when generating the DLT; so accessing $LIT$+8 puts the address of
8356 $LIT$ into the DLT rather than the address of $LIT$+8.
8357
8358 The end result is we can't perform relocation symbol reductions for
8359 any fixup which creates entries in the DLT (eg they use "T" field
8360 selectors).
8361
8362 Reject reductions involving symbols with external scope; such
8363 reductions make life a living hell for object file editors.
8364
8365 FIXME. Also reject R_HPPA relocations which are 32bits wide in
8366 the code space. The SOM BFD backend doesn't know how to pull the
8367 right bits out of an instruction. */
8368
8369int
8370hppa_fix_adjustable (fixp)
8371 fixS *fixp;
8372{
8373 reloc_type code;
8374 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix;
8375
8376 hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8377
8378#ifdef OBJ_SOM
8379 /* Reject reductions of symbols in 32bit relocs. */
8380 if (fixp->fx_r_type == R_HPPA && hppa_fix->fx_r_format == 32)
8381 return 0;
8382#endif
8383
8384#ifdef OBJ_ELF
8385 /* LR/RR selectors are implicitly used for a number of different relocation
8386 types. We must ensure that none of these types are adjusted (see below)
8387 even if they occur with a different selector. */
8388 code = elf_hppa_reloc_final_type (stdoutput, fixp->fx_r_type,
8389 hppa_fix->fx_r_format,
8390 hppa_fix->fx_r_field);
8391
8392 switch (code)
8393 {
8394 /* Relocation types which use e_lrsel. */
8395 case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
8396 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
8397 case R_PARISC_DPREL21L:
8398 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF21L:
8399
8400 /* Relocation types which use e_rrsel. */
8401 case R_PARISC_DIR14R:
8402 case R_PARISC_DIR14DR:
8403 case R_PARISC_DIR14WR:
8404 case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
8405 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
8406 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14DR:
8407 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14WR:
8408 case R_PARISC_DPREL14R:
8409 case R_PARISC_DPREL14DR:
8410 case R_PARISC_DPREL14WR:
8411 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14R:
8412 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14DR:
8413 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14WR:
8414
8415 /* Other types that we reject for reduction. */
8416 case R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY:
8417 case R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
8418 return 0;
8419 default:
8420 break;
8421 }
8422#endif
8423
8424 /* Reject reductions of symbols in sym1-sym2 expressions when
8425 the fixup will occur in a CODE subspace.
8426
8427 XXX FIXME: Long term we probably want to reject all of these;
8428 for example reducing in the debug section would lose if we ever
8429 supported using the optimizing hp linker. */
8430 if (fixp->fx_addsy
8431 && fixp->fx_subsy
8432 && (hppa_fix->segment->flags & SEC_CODE))
8433 return 0;
8434
8435 /* We can't adjust any relocs that use LR% and RR% field selectors.
8436
8437 If a symbol is reduced to a section symbol, the assembler will
8438 adjust the addend unless the symbol happens to reside right at
8439 the start of the section. Additionally, the linker has no choice
8440 but to manipulate the addends when coalescing input sections for
8441 "ld -r". Since an LR% field selector is defined to round the
8442 addend, we can't change the addend without risking that a LR% and
8443 it's corresponding (possible multiple) RR% field will no longer
8444 sum to the right value.
8445
8446 eg. Suppose we have
8447 . ldil LR%foo+0,%r21
8448 . ldw RR%foo+0(%r21),%r26
8449 . ldw RR%foo+4(%r21),%r25
8450
8451 If foo is at address 4092 (decimal) in section `sect', then after
8452 reducing to the section symbol we get
8453 . LR%sect+4092 == (L%sect)+0
8454 . RR%sect+4092 == (R%sect)+4092
8455 . RR%sect+4096 == (R%sect)-4096
8456 and the last address loses because rounding the addend to 8k
8457 mutiples takes us up to 8192 with an offset of -4096.
8458
8459 In cases where the LR% expression is identical to the RR% one we
8460 will never have a problem, but is so happens that gcc rounds
8461 addends involved in LR% field selectors to work around a HP
8462 linker bug. ie. We often have addresses like the last case
8463 above where the LR% expression is offset from the RR% one. */
8464
8465 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lrsel
8466 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rrsel
8467 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_nlrsel)
8468 return 0;
8469
8470 /* Reject reductions of symbols in DLT relative relocs,
8471 relocations with plabels. */
8472 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_tsel
8473 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_ltsel
8474 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
8475 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_psel
8476 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
8477 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lpsel)
8478 return 0;
8479
8480 /* Reject absolute calls (jumps). */
8481 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8482 return 0;
8483
8484 /* Reject reductions of function symbols. */
8485 if (fixp->fx_addsy != 0 && S_IS_FUNCTION (fixp->fx_addsy))
8486 return 0;
8487
8488 return 1;
8489}
8490
8491/* Return nonzero if the fixup in FIXP will require a relocation,
8492 even it if appears that the fixup could be completely handled
8493 within GAS. */
8494
8495int
8496hppa_force_relocation (fixp)
8497 struct fix *fixp;
8498{
8499 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
8500
8501 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8502#ifdef OBJ_SOM
8503 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ENTRY
8504 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_EXIT
8505 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
8506 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
8507 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY
8508 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_TRY
8509 || (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL && fixp->fx_subsy != NULL
8510 && (hppa_fixp->segment->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0))
8511 return 1;
8512#endif
8513#ifdef OBJ_ELF
8514 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT
8515 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY)
8516 return 1;
8517#endif
8518
8519 assert (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL);
8520
8521 /* Ensure we emit a relocation for global symbols so that dynamic
8522 linking works. */
8523 if (S_FORCE_RELOC (fixp->fx_addsy, 1))
8524 return 1;
8525
8526 /* It is necessary to force PC-relative calls/jumps to have a relocation
8527 entry if they're going to need either an argument relocation or long
8528 call stub. */
8529 if (fixp->fx_pcrel
8530 && arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixp->fx_addsy),
8531 hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc))
8532 return 1;
8533
8534 /* Now check to see if we're going to need a long-branch stub. */
8535 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL)
8536 {
8537 long pc = md_pcrel_from (fixp);
8538 valueT distance, min_stub_distance;
8539
8540 distance = fixp->fx_offset + S_GET_VALUE (fixp->fx_addsy) - pc - 8;
8541
8542 /* Distance to the closest possible stub. This will detect most
8543 but not all circumstances where a stub will not work. */
8544 min_stub_distance = pc + 16;
8545#ifdef OBJ_SOM
8546 if (last_call_info != NULL)
8547 min_stub_distance -= S_GET_VALUE (last_call_info->start_symbol);
8548#endif
8549
8550 if ((distance + 8388608 >= 16777216
8551 && min_stub_distance <= 8388608)
8552 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 17
8553 && distance + 262144 >= 524288
8554 && min_stub_distance <= 262144)
8555 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 12
8556 && distance + 8192 >= 16384
8557 && min_stub_distance <= 8192)
8558 )
8559 return 1;
8560 }
8561
8562 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8563 return 1;
8564
8565 /* No need (yet) to force another relocations to be emitted. */
8566 return 0;
8567}
8568
8569/* Now for some ELF specific code. FIXME. */
8570#ifdef OBJ_ELF
8571/* Mark the end of a function so that it's possible to compute
8572 the size of the function in elf_hppa_final_processing. */
8573
8574static void
8575hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ()
8576{
8577 /* ELF does not have EXIT relocations. All we do is create a
8578 temporary symbol marking the end of the function. */
8579 char *name;
8580
8581 if (last_call_info == NULL || last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
8582 {
8583 /* We have already warned about a missing label,
8584 or other problems. */
8585 return;
8586 }
8587
8588 name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen ("L$\001end_")
8589 + strlen (S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol))
8590 + 1);
8591 if (name)
8592 {
8593 symbolS *symbolP;
8594
8595 strcpy (name, "L$\001end_");
8596 strcat (name, S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol));
8597
8598 /* If we have a .exit followed by a .procend, then the
8599 symbol will have already been defined. */
8600 symbolP = symbol_find (name);
8601 if (symbolP)
8602 {
8603 /* The symbol has already been defined! This can
8604 happen if we have a .exit followed by a .procend.
8605
8606 This is *not* an error. All we want to do is free
8607 the memory we just allocated for the name and continue. */
8608 xfree (name);
8609 }
8610 else
8611 {
8612 /* symbol value should be the offset of the
8613 last instruction of the function */
8614 symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg, (valueT) (frag_now_fix () - 4),
8615 frag_now);
8616
8617 assert (symbolP);
8618 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
8619 symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
8620 }
8621
8622 if (symbolP)
8623 last_call_info->end_symbol = symbolP;
8624 else
8625 as_bad (_("Symbol '%s' could not be created."), name);
8626
8627 }
8628 else
8629 as_bad (_("No memory for symbol name."));
8630
8631}
8632
8633/* For ELF, this function serves one purpose: to setup the st_size
8634 field of STT_FUNC symbols. To do this, we need to scan the
8635 call_info structure list, determining st_size in by taking the
8636 difference in the address of the beginning/end marker symbols. */
8637
8638void
8639elf_hppa_final_processing ()
8640{
8641 struct call_info *call_info_pointer;
8642
8643 for (call_info_pointer = call_info_root;
8644 call_info_pointer;
8645 call_info_pointer = call_info_pointer->ci_next)
8646 {
8647 elf_symbol_type *esym
8648 = ((elf_symbol_type *)
8649 symbol_get_bfdsym (call_info_pointer->start_symbol));
8650 esym->internal_elf_sym.st_size =
8651 S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->end_symbol)
8652 - S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->start_symbol) + 4;
8653 }
8654}
8655
8656static void
8657pa_vtable_entry (ignore)
8658 int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8659{
8660 struct fix *new_fix;
8661
8662 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_entry (0);
8663
8664 if (new_fix)
8665 {
8666 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
8667 obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
8668 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8669 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8670 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8671 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8672 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8673 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8674 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY;
8675 }
8676}
8677
8678static void
8679pa_vtable_inherit (ignore)
8680 int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8681{
8682 struct fix *new_fix;
8683
8684 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_inherit (0);
8685
8686 if (new_fix)
8687 {
8688 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
8689 obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
8690 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8691 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8692 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8693 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8694 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8695 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8696 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT;
8697 }
8698}
8699#endif
Note: See TracBrowser for help on using the repository browser.